590 TierIII Instruction

OPERATING, SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ECM590 TIER III
Read this instruction manual before operating this equipment.
This manual contains important safety information. Do not destroy this manual. This manual must be available to the personnel who operate and maintain this machine.
Atlas Copco 2100 North First Street Garland, Texas, 75040 (972) 496-7400
TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

TITLE PAGE
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Section 1.1 Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE ECM-590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 IDENTIFICATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 ECM-590 Drill Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Engine Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 ECM- 590 DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Drill Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Drill Boom and Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Serviceability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
STANDARD FEATURES ON THE ECM- 590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
SECTION 2 - SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 DRILL APPLICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 GENERAL GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 PRE-START INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 OPERATION SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 STARTING THE DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 OPERATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 DRILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 MOVING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 FUELING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 WIRE ROPE AND CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Cylinder Repairs or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Pumps and Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
TOC - i

TITLE PAGE
Hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
COOLERS AND FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 GUARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 AVOID MOVING PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 ROLLOVER POSSIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 AVOID COOLANT BURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 AVOID BATTERY BURNS AND EXPLOSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 CHECK FOR OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 USE NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 WHEN TRANSPORTING ON TRUCK OR TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 OBSERVE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 INSPECTING SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
2.3 - SAFETY DECALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

SAFETY DECAL LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 - ATLAS COPCO ECM-590/592 Tier III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 DECK ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 AIR COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 AIR CLEANERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 COOLING PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 DUST COLLECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 BOOM AND GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 DRIFTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 UNDERCARRIAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 GENERAL SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
TOC - ii

TITLE PAGE
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 ECM-590 Tier III INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
BASIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 OVERALL VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Main Control Console Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Engine On/Off Key Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Engine Start Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Cold Start Switch (Ether Injection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Engine Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Water Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Engine Data Module Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Compressor Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Discharge Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Air Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Hydraulic Tank Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Drifter Hourmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Boom and Guide Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Guide Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Guide Dump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Guide Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Boom Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Boom Lift Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Boom Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
OSCILLATION CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Oscillation Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Track Oscillation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Right-Hand Oscillation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Left-Hand Oscillation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
TRAM CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Tram Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Left-Hand Tram Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Right-Hand Tram Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Tram Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
OVERALL VIEW OF DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Drill Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 UPPER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Drill Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
TOC - iii

TITLE PAGE
Feed Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Slow Feed Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Rotation Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Blow Air Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Drill Console Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 On/Off Switch for Console Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Anti-Jam Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Reverse-Percussion Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Dust Collector On/Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Water Injection Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 LOWER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 DRILLING CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Drill Percussion Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Slow Feed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Fast Feed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Drill Rotation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Centralizer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Dust Hood Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 BLOW AIR CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Blow Air Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE. . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Guide Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Guide Dump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Guide Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Boom Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Boom Lift Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Boom Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 MID-POINT CENTRALIZER SWITCH FOR LONG GUIDE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 On Time Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Off Time Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Air Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Manometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Manifold Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL AND TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL AT SEPARATOR TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Air Cleaner Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Engine Air Cleaner Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Compressor Air Cleaner Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTER INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 TRACK FINAL DRIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Disengaging Track Final Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 HYDRAULIC OIL HAND PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 AIR ACCESSORY CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 TOC - iv

TITLE PAGE
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1 -DRILL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 WALK AROUND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Check for Hydraulic System Oil Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Check for Compressor System Oil Leaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Check for Coolant System Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Check for Fuel System Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 General Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
PRE-START INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Check Engine Lubricating Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Check Engine Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Check Fuel Level Check Fuel Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Check Compressor Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Drain Water from Receiver Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Check the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Check Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Check the Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Keep Operators Areas Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
ENGINE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Normal Starting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Stopping The Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
TRAMMING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

TOWING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Towing Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Disengaging the Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Re-engaging the FInal Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
WATER INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 DUST COLLECTOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Before drilling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Dust Collector Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Main Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Selecting A Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Stored Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Engine Configeration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
FAULTS AND WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Auxiliary Gauge Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 Active Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

TOC - v

TITLE PAGE
Shutdown Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39 Back light Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 Contrast Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43 Select Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45 Setup 1-Up Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48 Setup 4-Up Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 Utilities (Information and Troubleshooting). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 MODBUS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 SAE J1939 MurphyLink System Implementation of J1939 Paramenters . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66 Glossary (Troubleshooting Information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
DRILLING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
General Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72 Adding Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 Removing Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
DRILLING PROCEDURE WITH AUTOMATIC ROD CHANGER OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78 Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 Adding Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85 Removing Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
MOVING, PARKING, SHUTDOWN, SECURING THE DRILL FOR TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Moving the drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89 Parking the Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89 Normal Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90 Stopping Drill - Emergency Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91 SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 FLUID PENETRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 LINES, TUBES and HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 BURN PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 COOLANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 OILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 FIRE EXTINGUISHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 CRUSHING OR CUTTING PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 MOUNTING and DISMOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 ENGINE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 STARTING AIDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 ENGINE STOPPING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.2 - REFILL CAPACITIES CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 FUEL AND LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

TOC - vi

TITLE PAGE
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Lubricant Oil AND Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Engine Lubricating Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Cummins Fuel Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
REFILL CAPACITIES AND FILTER ELEMENTS CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Filter Elements and Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

FLUID SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Compressor Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Rock Drill Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Final Drive Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Grease Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Anti-Freeze Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Rock Drill Oil Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6.3 - SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 WALK AROUND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL SCHEDULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 SERVICE INTERVAL CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
6.4 - 5 AND 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

SERVICE EVERY 5 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Fill Fronthead Lubricator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

SERVICE EVERY 10 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Check Radiator Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 Radiator Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 Cooling System Sealing Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 Cooling System Soluble Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 Clean Radiator AND Oil Cooler(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Check Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 Engine Belts AND Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Drive Belts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Engine Alternator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Water Pump Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Drive Belts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 Check Compressor Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Check Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Drain Fuel Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Drain Dust Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Drain Compressor Unloader Condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 Loose or Frayed Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 Loose Nuts and Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 Examine Drill Rods, Coupling, Drill Bits and the Striking Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Grease Guide Sprockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
6.5 - 50 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
SERVICE EVERY 50 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 Lubricate All Grease Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

TOC - vii

TITLE PAGE
Check Air Cleaner Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Compressor Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56 Vacuator Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 Air Cleaner Service Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61 Clean Pre-Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65 Check Hydraulic Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66 Check Feed Chain Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68 Check Track Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70 Check Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70 Adjusting Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71 Check Battery Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72 Electrolyte Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72 Batteries, Clamps AND Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
6.6 - FIRST 100 HOUR ONLY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
SERVICE EVERY 100 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73 Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74 Drain the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75 Replace Engine Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76 Fill the Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79 Change Compressor Oil FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80 Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81 Change Fuel Pre-FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83 Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85
6.7 - 250 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86 Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87 Drain the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88 Replace Engine Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89 Fill the Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92 Check Air Intake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93 Check Air Cleaner Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93 Air Intake Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94 Pre-Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95 Check Engine Shutdown System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96 Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97 Change Fuel Pre-FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98 Check Drifter Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
6.8 - 500 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103 Replace Engine Coolant Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104 Remove Engine Coolant Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105 Install Engine Coolant Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107 Change Engine Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109 Change Compressor Oil FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
TOC - viii

TITLE PAGE
Compressor Oil Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-112 Examine Compressed Air Hoses and Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115 DIXON Boss Clamp Selection and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115 Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-135 Check Anti-Freeze and SCA Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137 SCA Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137 Anti-Freeze Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
6.9 - 1000 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
SERVICE EVERY 1000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138 Change Hydraulic Oil and Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139 Drain Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140 Inspect and Clean Strainers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-141 Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142 Fill Hydraulic Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144 Adjust Engine Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146 Engine Belts AND Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147 Drive Belts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147 Engine Alternator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148 Water Pump Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151 Drive Belts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152 Check Engine Belt Tensioner Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-153
6.10 - 2000 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
SERVICE EVERY 2000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154 Change Compressor Separator Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-155 Change Engine Anti-Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158 Drain Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-159 Flush Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160 Fill the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161 Check Engine Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-163 Check Shutdown Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165 Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-166 GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
GLOSSARY OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
TOC - ix

TITLE PAGE
TOC - x
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
1-1
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III
Section 1.1 Summary

General Information
This Operation Manual has been developed to present the safety and operations requirements for effective operation of the ECM-590 Drill. The primary purpose of this manual is to provide operators with the appropriate information needed to: Safely operate the ECM-590 Drill while achieving optimum production. Understand the operating principle of each system associated with the ECM-590 Drill. React effectively and safely to emergency and alarm conditions. Perform the necessary pre-operational and post-operational checks on the drill.
The operator must read and fully understand this instruction manual before operating the ECM-590 Drill. Maintenance personnel, or anyone else, working or doing maintenance on this ECM-590 Drill must read and fully understand this instruction manual before attempting to do any maintenance or work on the drill. Always keep the Operating and Maintenance Instructions manual on the ECM-590 Drill and available to the operator and helper. If any part of this manual cannot be understood, contact your supervisor or local Atlas Copco Distributor. This is an essential condition for working safely with this ECM-590 Drill. The correct ECM-590 Drill operation, use and regular maintenance are also essential elements to provide the highest performance and safety. NOTE: The present manual is accompanied with an engine instruction manual and a carrier instruction manual. Always provide the model of your drill and its serial number when you contact the local Atlas Copco service or parts office.
1-2
HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED

Although there is a substantial amount of information contained in the manual, it has been organized so that the reader can easily find the specific information needed. The manual is divided into sections by information based on answers to the following questions: Although there is a substantial amount of information contained in the manual, it has been organized so that the reader can easily find the specific information needed. The manual is divided into sections by information based on answers to the following questions: What are the specific operator safety responsibilities? (Section 2.0) What are the specifications of the drill itself? (Section 3.0) What instruments and controls are used by the operator to operate and monitor the drill? (Section 4.0) What is the proper operating procedure for the equipment? (Section 5.0) What the maintenance schedules are and how to perform maintenance? (Section 6.0)
WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Each manual has a table of contents. If you are uncertain which section contains the information or where the information is located within a particular section, the first step is to consult the table of contents.
1-3
TERMINOLOGY
Throughout the manual, Dangers, Cautions, Warnings, Notices and Notes are used to provide the reader with special noteworthy information. In this manual, these terms have the following significance:
DANGER
Danger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will cause severe personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if the warning is ignored.
WARNING
Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can cause severe personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or can cause minor personal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.
NOTICE
Notice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenance information which is important but not hazard-related. Hazard warnings should never be included under the Notice signal word.
1-4
PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE ECM-590

Your ECM-590 Drill has been tested, accurately checked, and prepared for shipment. Every part of the drill, including the detached parts, have been accurately checked before being shipped from the factory. When you receive the ECM-590 Drill, and before unpacking the equipment, check if damage has occurred during transport and if any parts are missing. If the goods are damaged, or if parts are missing, inform the freight agent as soon as possible. He will inform you regarding how to proceed in order to make a complaint.
IDENTIFICATION DATA
General Information
An exact description of the model type and the serial number of your ECM-590 Drill will facilitate fast and efficient response from our parts and service support operations. Always provide the model of your machine and its serial number when you contact the local Atlas Copco service or parts office. We advise you to enter your drill data in the following lines to maintain drill and engine information necessary to facilitate fast and efficient response from our parts and service support operations.
1-5
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III ECM-590 Drill Identification
The ECM-590 Drill Identification Plate is located next to the console.
NOTICE
All information, illustrations, and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. Product improvement is a continuing goal at Atlas Copco. Design and specifications are subject to change without notice or obligation.
1-6
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Engine Identification
The engine identification number can be found on the identification plate. Refer to the engine operators instruction manual for further engine identification information.
1-7
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drifter Identification
1-8
GENERAL INFORMATION
All safety rules in Section 1 must be observed. If further information is required concerning recommended drilling applications, contact your local Atlas Copco distributor. Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Garland, Texas U.S.A. Telephone: 972-496-7400 Customer Service Parts: 972-496-7382 Fax: 972-496-7427 (Customer Service Parts) Fax: 972-496-7425 (Customer Service Warranty) Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions reserves the right to make any changes or modifications without prior notice and without incurring any liability to retrofit machines previously shipped from the factory.
ECM- 590 DRILL

General Description
The ECM-590 Tier III is a track mounted, deck engine powered drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications. The standard ECM-590 Tier III uses a diesel engine coupled directly to a hydraulic pump on one end. The air compressor is directly connected to the other end of the engine. The power pack is mounted on its own base, which in turn, is mounted to the track frame. The simple Load Sensing hydraulic system does not require complicated electronic controls, plus the hydraulic system requires a reduced fuel consumption. The drills boom has a maximum horizontal swing of 30 right and 34.6 left and a maximum vertical movement of 51 up and 15 down. The booms drifter travel is 15 ft.4 in. (3099 mm). All drilling functions are hydraulically powered and controlled from the operators control station located at the bottom of the boom within easy reach. All the hydraulic power that is needed travels from valve to function, virtually eliminating trouble-shooting time and increasing reliability and up-time. The tramming controls are located on the drills frame and contains a full compliment of gauges which can be read in US and Metric. To permit optimum performance on a wide range of applications and site requirements, this ECM-590 Tier III Drill is equipped with: 250 CFM Rotary Screw type air compressor Cummins QSB 6.7 Series diesel engine Grade Capability to 35
1-9

Hydraulic motor driven feed system Automatic rod changer option Hydraulic hose management Heavy duty cooling system Reverse percussion Night light package Drill console noise shield option
Engine
The ECM-590 Tier III Drill uses a water cooled engine with direct injection and turbo chargers. Electric starting and belt driven alternator battery charging is standard on all ECM-590 models. The ECM-590 Drill is equipped with dual system air filtration. Dry type 2-stage air cleaners provide clean air to the engine and the compressor. The engine power / rpm is controlled by the engine speed control. The engine is shutdown either by the removable key ON/OFF switch or the emergency stop switch.
Drill Frame
The ECM-590 Drill is based a Drill Frame which supports the power pack assembly (engine/ compressor/hydraulic pump drive) transported on a dual oscillation track system. The frame is more than sufficient to resist flexing as the drill is moved over rough terrain while anchoring a drill boom as it drills at a variety of angles making this drill one of the most diversified on the market.
Drill Boom and Guide

The Drill Boom and Guide features a hydraulically driven drifter and a hydraulic drill feed systems. The feed system consists of fully staked chains which are controlled with separate fast and slow feed controls that can be adjusted to suit rock conditions and operator preference. An experienced driller will use this feature to extend the life of drilling accessories. All drilling controls are accessed at the boom giving the driller full view of drilling operation. The Drill Boom and Guide assembly also contains the automatic rod changer allowing quick and easy rod changes, increasing drilling productivity. The hydraulic drifter moves easily up and down using a managed hose arrangement that reduces cost and makes maintenance easy.
Controls
All drilling functions are controlled from the drillers console on the boom of the ECM-590 Drill. Drill tramming controls are mounted to the drill frame. All controls are designed for convenience, ease of control, comfort and safety while providing maximum visibility of the work area. Full details of all controls are provided in later chapters.
1-10
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Serviceability
The engine, compressor and hydraulic pump drive are accessible from either side of the drill. All daily checkpoints are positioned to encourage preventive maintenance. All grease points can be serviced from the two banks of grease nipples from which hoses provide grease to the respective components.
DANGER
Your life may be in danger if the following is not complied with: DO NOT add attachments to the drill that intrude into operators protective area, reduce visibility, restrict emergency exits or add weight exceeding certification weight. See the operators manual or contact your dealer for complete inspection requirements and maintenance instructions.
1-11
STANDARD FEATURES ON THE ECM- 590

1. Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier III Series diesel engine 2. Easily accessible controls 3. Diesel driven, deck mounted power pack 4. Operator console mounted to the drill guide to control drilling functions 5. Engine console mounted to the drill frame to operate engine 6. 100 gallon (378.5 L) fuel tank 7. Cooling package rated to 125F (52C) ambient temperature 8. Heavy-duty engine silencer/muffler 9. Separate air intake filters for engine and air compressor 10. Hydraulically driven drifter 11. 250 cfm/140 psi (7m3/min, 9.8kg/cm2) twin screw compressor.
1-12
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-1
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES

OVERVIEW
Before you operate, maintain, work around or in any other way use this drill, READ and STUDY this manual. KNOW how to safely use the drill controls and what you must do for safe maintenance. Failure to follow instructions or heed warnings could result in injury or death. Ensure that the drill is in correct condition before operating. ALWAYS wear or use the proper safety items required for your personal protection. Anyone working around this drill must wear safety glasses, protective footwear and ear protection. They must not wear loose clothing which can become caught up in moving parts. They should wear gloves when handling heavy parts and tools or any objects that are sharp or pointed. A respirator may be required in dusty conditions. If you have ANY QUESTIONS about the safe use or maintenance of this drill, ask your supervisor or contact your nearest Atlas Copco Distributor for assistance. NEVER GUESSALWAYS CHECK! Safety must always be the most important concern. Do not operate the drill when conditions are unsafe. Consult your supervisor when safety is in doubt. You must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influences of alcohol, drugs, or medications that might affect your thinking ability, judgement, sight, hearing, or reactions. Signals must be given by the operator prior to starting or operating the drill. Make sure all new employees read and understand the decals in the Decal Safety Manual that is mounted on drill.Never remove the DecalSafetyManual.Replace the Decal Safety Manual if it becomes lost or illegible.
WARNINGS
Throughout the manual, Dangers, Cautions, Warnings, Notices and Notes are used to designate instructions of particular importance. In this manual, these terms have the following significance:
DANGER
Danger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will cause severe personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if the warning is ignored.
2-2
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
WARNING
Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can cause severe personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or can cause minor personal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.
NOTICE
Notice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenance information which is important but not hazard-related. Hazard warnings should never be included under the Notice signal word. NOTE: Note is used for supplementary information not directly effecting safety or damage to equipment.
2-3
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
DRILL APPLICATIONS
The ECM-590 Tier III was built in accordance with state of-the-art standards and recognized safety rules. Nevertheless, its misuse may constitute a risk to the life and limb of the user or third parties, and may cause damage to the drill or other material property. The ECM-590 Tier III drill must be used in accordance with its designated use as described in the operating manual. The drill must only be operated by safety-conscious persons who are fully aware of the risks involved in operating the drill. Any functional disorders, especially those affecting the safety of the drill, must be corrected immediately. Designated Applications; The Atlas Copco ECM-590 Tier III is a track mounted, hydraulically driven, deck engine powered drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications Non Designated Applications; The ECM-590 drills are not designed for use on inclined surfaces or on soft and unstable ground. Use of the drill for purposes other than that mentioned (such as for towing other vehicles or equipment) is considered contrary to its designated use. The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held liable for any damage resulting from such use. The risk of such misuse lies entirely with the user.
WARNING
Set up the drill on a level surface. If this is not available, the site should be adequately prepared prior to drill set up. Operating the drill within the limits of its designated use also involves compliance with the inspection and maintenance directives contained in the operating manual.
2-4
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
Any work done on the drill, or with the drill, must only be performed by qualified personnel. Statutory minimum age limits must be observed. Those who operate, maintain and work on rotary drill rigs must be competent: Physically; To react correctly and quickly to avoid accidents. Mentally; To understand and apply established rules, regulations and safe practices. To be able to concentrate on the job to be done. Emotionally; To withstand stress and prevent mistakes. Those who operate, maintain and work on rotary drill rigs must be experienced: Trained; In the operation and maintenance of the drill. They should have read and understood all the Manufacturers Instruction Manuals, and know the ratings and capabilities of the drill they are using. They must understand hand signals. They must understand the meaning of the various symbols on instruments, controls and specific parts of the drill rig. Licensed; If required by law. The individual responsibilities of the personnel responsible for operation, setup, maintenance and repair of the drill should be stated clearly. Define the drill operators responsibility with regard to observing site traffic regulations. The operator should have the authority to refuse instructions by third parties that are contrary to safety. Do not allow persons being trained or instructed in the operation or maintenance of the drill to work without permanent supervision by an experienced person. Work on the electrical system and equipment of the drill must be done only by a skilled electrician or by instructed persons under the supervision and guidance of a skilled electrician and must be in accordance with electrical engineering rules and regulations. Work on the truck chassis, drill tower, brake, air and hydraulic systems must be performed by skilled personnel with special knowledge and training for such work.
2-5
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
GENERAL GUIDELINES
1. STOW manuals in the manual compartment provided. Manuals must always be available at the site where the drill is used. The operators instruction manual must be within easy reach of the operators station. 2. OBSERVE and INSTRUCT the user in all other generally applicable mandatory and legal regulations relevant to accident prevention and environmental protection. These compulsory regulations may also deal with the handling of any hazardous substances, issuing and/or wearing of personal protective equipment, and traffic regulations. 3. SUPPLEMENT operating instructions with detailed working instructions covering the methodology of the working sequences, all individual job responsibilities, and overall supervisory responsibility. 4. ALWAYS be sure that persons entrusted with work on the drill have read the operating instructions and in particular the chapter on safety before beginning work.Reading the instructions after work has begun is too late. This is especially important for persons who work only occasionally on the drill, such as during setup or maintenance. 5. MAKE CERTAIN personnel are working in compliance with the operating instructions and are alert to risks and safety factors. 6. ALWAYS tie back or otherwise secure long hair. Wear close fitting garments and avoid wearing jewelry such as rings. Injury may result from clothing, hair, or jewelry being caught up in the machinery. 7. USE protective equipment wherever required by the circumstances or by the law. 8. OBSERVE all safety instructions and warnings attached to the drill. 9. BE SURE all safety instructions and warnings attached to the drill are complete and perfectly legible. 10. STOP the drill immediately in the event of safety relevant malfunctions or change in drill behavior during operation. REPORT the malfunction to the proper authority/person. 11. NEVER provide service or maintenance to the drill unless all of the tracks are on firm, level ground. 12. DO NOT make any modifications to the drill which might affect safety without having the manufacturers approval. This applies to the installation and adjustment of safety devices and valves as well as to welding work on load bearing elements. 13. ALWAYS ADHERE to the prescribed intervals and/or those specified in the operating instructions for routine checks and inspections. 14. Ensure that people, equipment and material not required for the correct operation of the drill are removed and kept out of the work area. The operator must never drill while people are around the drill boom. Alert people and crew to stay clear of the hole while drilling is in progress.
2-6
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
15. All crew members must ensure that any unsafe conditions and practices are corrected or reported to the drill operator and supervisor. 16. All personnel who work around the drill, including support and maintenance people, must obey all warning signs and must ensure their own safety and the safety of others. 17. With careful planning, most accidents can be avoided. Have a clear understanding of the work to be done Consider potential dangers or hazards Develop a plan to do the job safely Explain the plan to all personnel concerned
2-7
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS

Before starting or working around the drill, read and understand the safety manual, decal safety manual and labels located on the drill. Follow all directions on the labels. Do not remove or deface the labels. Replace them if they become damaged or lost. 1. All personnel working around the drill must wear safety glasses, safety shoes and ear protection. They must not wear loose clothing which can become caught up in moving parts. They should wear gloves when handling heavy parts and tools or any objects that are sharp or pointed. A respirator may be required in dusty conditions. 2. Keep work areas clean and free from grease, oil and other items or tools that could cause a slip or fall. 3. Keep all cabs clean. Mud, cans, bottles, tools and other debris can jam pedals and other controls and cause falls. 4. Keep the work site area clear of cuttings, tools and other objects. 5. Keep all warning and information labels clean and readable. Replace labels if they become damaged, torn, painted over or removed. 6. Keep all controls and gauges in good working order. If they are broken or damaged, replace them before operating the drill. 7. Make a complete walk-around inspection of the drill before starting. During operation, make periodic checks to be sure the drill is operating properly. 8. Watch for leaking or broken hydraulic or air hoses. Replace them before they cause damage or a fire. 9. Do NOT operate the drill with excessively worn or broken parts. 10. Tighten or replace any loose or broken fittings, bolts or any other connections before operating the drill. 11. Check the batteries and connections before starting the drill. Tighten all the terminal clamps and be sure all batteries have caps. Loose wires can cause fires and shocks. Spilled fluid can cause burns.Make sure all batteries are charged properly with correct fluids. 12. Use extreme caution when handling, cleaning, wiring or recharging batteries. They can explode and spray acid. Keep battery covers in place all the time. 13. Make sure all controls are in neutral before starting the drill. 14. Make sure all guards are in place on the drill. Replace them if they have been removed for maintenance. DO NOT operate the drill if guards are not in place. 15. Know where your helper or oiler is at all times. DO NOT move the drill if they are not in sight. 16. Before moving the drill, make sure there is nothing in the way of travel. Make sure all the drill rod is out of the ground and secured before moving. 17. Locate drill on level ground, if possible. Install cribbing (blocking) under each jack to insure a stable lifting platform in case ground is broken or soft.
2-8
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
18. Before raising the tower, make sure it is clear of tools or objects that could fall.Check to see that all hydraulic and air hoses do not become snagged during raising. Watch all hoist cables and keep them clear or unspooled properly while raising tower. 19. When working on any air compressor hose or receiver tank, relieve all pressure in the system before removing any cap, plug or hose connection. 20. Never move the drill with the tower partially raised, unless it is an angle drill with the proper locking pins in place. 21. Never move the drill with the tower locking pins removed or unpinned. The tower is not designed to be held up by the tower raising cylinders alone.
2-9
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
PRE-START INSPECTION
1. INSPECT your drill rig daily. Ensure that the routine maintenance and lubrication are being dutifully performed. Have any malfunctioning, broken or missing parts repaired or replaced before use. 2. VERIFY that all instruction and safety labels are in place and readable. These are as important as any other equipment on the drill rig. 3. NEVER fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while near an open flame, or while smoking. ALWAYS wipe up any spilled fuel. 4. CHECK for WARNING or lockout tags placed on the drill rig. DO NOT operate the drill until repairs have been made and the WARNING or lockout tags have been removed by authorized personnel. 5. CLEAN any foreign material from the operators cab or platform to reduce the danger of slipping. 6. KNOW the location of the Emergency Shut Down Control if the drill rig is so equipped. 7. ALWAYS know the capabilities and limitations of your equipment: speed, gradeability, steering and braking. 8. BE AWARE of the dimensions of your drill rigs height, width and weight when moving the drill. 9. CHECK for any conditions that could be dangerous: unstable ground condition, tree limbs, low hanging wires or an overhanging rock face.
2-10
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
OPERATION SAFETY
1. OBSERVE the position of fire extinguishers, if so equipped, and ensure they are fully charged and inspected regularly. 2. AVOID any operational mode that might sacrifice safety. 3. TAKE all necessary precautions to ensure that the drill is used only when in a safe and reliable condition. 4. OPERATE the drill only if all protective and safety oriented devices such as removable safety devices, any emergency shut off equipment, any sound proofing elements and any exhausts are in place and fully functional. 5. START the drill from the operators station only. 6. WATCH the indicators during startup and shutdown procedures in accordance with the operating instructions. 7. MAKE SURE no one is at danger or risk before starting up the drill, starting to drill or setting the drill in motion. 8. Personnel can be pinched, entangled or crushed bymovingmachinery.While the drill is in operation, personnel must never place any part of their bodies or clothing on or near any rotating machinery, gears, pinions, ropes, cables, chains or wrenches. 9. CHECK that the braking, steering, signaling and lighting systems are fully functional before starting work or traveling with the drill. 10. CHECK that accessories have been safely stowed away and that all levelling jacks are retracted fully before moving the drill. 11. ALWAYS SWITCH ON the lighting system in conditions of poor visibility and after dark. 12. MAKE SURE there is sufficient clearance when crossing underpasses, bridges and tunnels, or when operating under overhead lines. 13. ALWAYS KEEP at a safe distance from the edges of quarry face, pits and slopes. 14. AVOID any operation that might be a risk to drill stability. 15. ALWAYS SECURE the drill against inadvertent movement and all unauthorized use before leaving the operators cab.
2-11
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
STARTING THE DRILL

1. ALWAYS USE handrails and steps to get on and off the drill rig. ALWAYSMAINTAIN a three-point contact when climbing onto or off of drill rig. Watch for slippery surfaces when mounting. 2. READ and FOLLOW ALL instruction decals. 3. BEFORE starting engine or beginning to move, check inside, outside and underneath the drill for people or obstructions. 4. BEFORE starting the engine, check that all operating controls are in neutral position and the Emergency Stop Button is pulled out. 5. CHECK for Warnings or Lockout tags on the controls. If there is a tag attached to the switch, do not start the engine until the warning tag has been removed by the person who installed it. 6. ALWAYS sound the horn before starting the drill to alert everyone in the area. 7. START the engine from the operators position only. 8. ALWAYS USE EXTREME CAUTION if you have to jump start the engine. 9. CHECK all gauges and controls for correct operation. Stop the drill immediately and replace any that are defective. 10. CHECK all safety devices. Report any defects immediately. 11. MAKE sure you are on solid, level ground before raising the tower. Use cribbing or blocking if you are not sure. 12. WHEN raising the tower, make certain there are no electrical power lines within the operating area of the drill. 13. LISTEN for unusual noises. 14. ENGAGE hydraulic controls slowly in cold weather to avoid shock loading.
DANGER
Do not raise the boom or operate this drill in the vicinity of electrical power lines. Operating too close or contacting a power line with any part of the drill can result in electrocution. Place the drill as far as possible from electrical power lines and never work inside the minimum specified distance set by local, state or federal regulations. Treat all electrical lines as live power lines. Clear the area. Slowly raise and lower the boom. if the distance to the line has been misjudged, your reaction time might be too slow. A signal person must be used to guide the drill in the vicinity of power lines. The signal person and drill operator must be in direct visual contact at all times.
2-12
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
OPERATING
1. ALWAYS make sure that no person or obstruction is in your line of travel before moving the drill rig. 2. NEVER CLIMB on or off the drill rig while it is in motion. 3. USE EXTREME CAUTION and be very observant when operating in close quarters or congested areas. 4. NEVER carry passengers. 5. KNOW the area in which you are working. Familiarize yourself with all of the work site obstructions and any other potential hazards in the area. 6. KNOW and USE the hand signals required for particular jobs and know who has the responsibility for signaling. 7. DO NOT work in the vicinity of overhanging banks or on grades that could cause the drill rig to slide or roll over. 8. AVOID side hill travel. ALWAYS operate up and down slopes. 9. NEVER allow bystanders, other than authorized persons, to stand within the drill rigs danger (working) area when the engine is running. 10. ALWAYS LOOK in all directions BEFORE changing your direction of travel and sound the horn prior to moving. 11. DO NOT run the engine in a closed building for an extended length of time. EXHAUST FUMES CAN KILL.
2-13
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
DRILLING
1. Use the proper tools for the job. Do not attempt to lift drill rod, subs, stabilizers or bits without the proper lifting devices. 2. Use the proper technique in loading and unloading drill rod. If a lifting bail is used, make sure it can be detached by a helper while standing on the ground. Use a rod handling tool if the carousel needs to be filled.Make sure the safety clip is in place.
DANGER
NEVER RIDE THE ROTARY HEAD FOR ANY REASON!!! 3. Do not attempt any repairs to the drill while it is running. Stop the drill to make repairs. 4. Do not allow anyone to climb the tower. If repairs must be made, lower the tower or use a man lift to reach the repair area. 5. Do not ride the rotary head for any reason. It is not meant to be an elevator. 6. Do not use the hoist cable as a man lift. 7. Do not operate the drill except from the operators station. Trying to operate from any other position is a safety hazard and can cause serious injury. 8. Do not hoist or brake too sharply. This can cause premature failure of equipment and can be dangerous. 9. Dont retract the hoist so far that it slams into the crown block. Continuous pull on the wire rope can break it and drop the load. 10. Know the limitations of your drill and dont exceed the design limits.
2-14
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
MOVING THE DRILL

1. Make sure all drill rod is out of the hole before moving. 2. Do not get on or off the drill when it is moving. 3. Lower tower if moving a long distance. 4. Secure all drill rod and tools before moving the drill. 5. Know the drills height, width, weight and length before moving. 6. Check brakes on truck, before leaving job site. 7. If moving with the tower raised, make sure all locking pins are in place and the ground is level and solid. 8. On deephole drills, be careful cornering to allow for tower overhang. 9. Know where your helpers are at all times. Do not move the drill if they are not in view. 10. Know and use proper signals when moving the drill.
2-15
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN

1. Move drill away from highwall or face before shutting the drill down for the day. 2. Dont park the drill under an overhang or where a bank can cave in. 3. ALWAYS park the drill rig on solid, level ground. If this is not possible, always park the drill at a right angle to the slope and chock the tires. 4. If the drill is left over a hole, lower the jacks so the tires touch the ground. 5. Be sure to relieve all pressures in the systems before leaving the drill. 6. Place all controls in neutral or park position before leaving the drill. 7. AVOID leaving the controls with the engine running. NEVER leave the operators cab while the engine is running. 8. Position the engine speed control to LOW IDLE and turn key switch to OFF. 9. Lock the ignition and remove the keys before leaving the operators cab. 10. Lock all lockable compartments. 11. USE proper flags, barriers and warning devices, especially when parking in areas of heavy traffic.
2-16
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
In any work concerning the operation, conversion or adjustment of the drill and its safety oriented devices or any work related to maintenance, inspection and repair, always observe the startup and shut down procedures set out in the operating instructions and the information on maintenance work. All personnel involved in setting up drills or handling maintenance and repairs must know and practice proper procedures, including lockout and tagout practices. 1. Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately secured. 2. If the drill is completely shut down for maintenance and repair work, it must be secured against inadvertent starting by: Locking the principal control elements and removing the ignition key and/or Attaching a warning sign to the main starter key switch. 3. Carry out maintenance and repair work only if the drill is positioned on stable and level ground and has been secured against inadvertent movement. 4. USE CARE when attaching and securing lifting tackle to individual parts and to large assemblies being moved for replacement purposes to avoid the risk of accidents. USE lifting gear that is in perfect condition and with adequate lifting capacity.NEVERwork or stand under suspended loads. 5. ALWAYS USE correct tools and workshop equipment when performing maintenance to the drill. 6. ALWAYS USE specially designed or otherwise safety oriented ladders and working platforms when doing overhead assembly work. Never use drill parts as a climbing aid and never climb the tower. 7. KEEP all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, landings and ladders free from mud, dirt, snow and ice. 8. CLEAN the drill, especially connections and threaded unions, of any traces of oil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance or repair. NEVER use aggressive detergents. Use lint free cleaning rags. 9. Before cleaning the drill with water, steam jet (high pressure cleaning) or detergents, COVER OR TAPE up all openings which, for safety and functional reasons, must be protected against water, steam or detergent penetration. Special care must be taken with electric motors and components. 10. ENSURE during cleaning of the drill that temperature sensors do not come into contact with hot cleaning agents. 11. REMOVE all covers and tapes applied for that purpose after cleaning the drill. 12. After cleaning, EXAMINE all fuel, lubricant and hydraulic fluid lines for leaks, loose connections, chafe marks and damage. REPAIR or REPLACE any defective parts immediately. 13. Always TIGHTEN any and all screwed connections that have been loosened during maintenance and repair.
2-17
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
14. Any safety devices that were removed for setup, maintenance or repair purposes must be refitted and checked immediately upon completion of the maintenance and repair work. 15. ENSURE that all the consumables and replaced parts are disposed of safely and with minimum environmental impact. 16. AVOID, whenever possible, the servicing, cleaning or examining of the drill rig with the engine running. 17. AVOID, whenever possible: servicing or providing maintenance to the drill rig unless the tires are adequately chocked and the parking brake is applied. 18. DO NOT alter the engine governor settings from those indicated in the engine manual and the engine option plate. 19. ALWAYS replace damaged or lost decals. Refer to the parts manual for the proper location and part number for all decals. 20. Use only original circuit breakers with the specified current rating. Shut down the drill immediately if trouble occurs in the electric system. 21. Work on the electrical system or on electrical equipment may only be carried out by a skilled electrician or by specially instructed personnel under the direct supervision and control of an electrician and in accordance with the applicable electrical engineering. 22. If provided for in the regulations, power supply to parts of the drill on which inspection, maintenance and repair work is to be carried out, must be cut off. 23. Before starting any work, check the de-energized parts for the presence of power and ground or short circuit them in addition to insulating adjacent live parts and elements. 24. The electrical equipment of drill is to be inspected and checked at regular intervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must be rectified immediately. 25. Welding, flame cutting and grinding work on the drill should only be done if expressly authorized, as there may be a risk of explosion and fire. 26. Before beginning welding, flame cutting and grinding operations, clean the drill and its surrounding area from dust and other flammable substances and make sure that the premises are adequately ventilated (risk of explosion). 27. Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly for leaks and for obvious damage. Repair damage immediately. Splashed oil may cause injury and fire. 28. Depressurize all system sections and pressure pipes (hydraulic, compressed air) that are to be removed in accordance with the specific instructions before carrying out any repair work. 29. Hydraulic lines must be laid and fitted correctly. Ensure there are no connections that are interchanged. The fittings, lengths and quality of the hoses must comply with the technical requirements.
2-18
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
30. When handling oils, lubricants and other chemical substances, observe the product related safety regulations. 31. Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of burning or scalding).
2-19
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
FUELING
1. NEVER fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while near an open flame or while smoking. ALWAYS wipe up any spilled fuel. 2. Do not spill fuel on hot surfaces. 3. Refuel in a well ventilated area. 4. Keep open lights, lighted smoking materials, flames or spark-producing devices at a safe distance when refueling. 5. Keep fuel nozzle in contact with tank being filled, or provide a ground to prevent static sparks from igniting fuel. 6. Turn off cab and fuel heaters. 7. Never mix any other fuel with diesel oil. An explosion can occur.
BATTERIES
1. DISCONNECT the battery cables when working on the electrical system or when you are welding on the drill rig. 2. BE SURE the battery area is well ventilated (clear of fumes) should it be necessary to connect a jump battery or battery charger. Fumes from the battery can ignite by a spark and explode. 3. BE SURE the battery charger is turned OFF when making the connections if battery charging is required. 4. Always wear safety glasses when servicing batteries. 5. Connect the ground cable last when installing a battery. 6. Battery acid will burn skin, eat holes in clothing and cause blindness if splashed into the eyes. 7. Batteries generate a highly explosive mixture. A spark could ignite these gases. 8. Do not short across batteries. The spark could ignite the gases. 9. Keep battery covers in place at all times. Be sure there is no connection between the battery terminals and the cover.
2-20
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
WIRE ROPE AND CABLE

1. Winches and ropes must be inspected frequently for unforeseeable wear patterns, and discarded according to certain criteria (refer ISO 4305). 2. Wire rope running over drums and through sheaves creates pinch points. Do not use hands or bars to guide wire rope onto drums; instead, use rope guides. Keep clothing and all parts of the body away from running rope and from the machinery that moves the rope. 3. Replace wire rope when it is worn to the following: Six (6) randomly distributed broken wires are found in one lay. Wear of one-third (1/3) the original diameter of outside wires. Evidence of any heat damage from any cause. Any kinking or cracking occurs. 4. Make sure all hooks are connected properly. Saddle and nuts must be around lifting side of cable. Always use a thimble when installing a hook. Always use the correct number of clamps for cable size. All hooks must have lock type dogs to prevent the cable from jumping out of hook throat. 5. Do not allow cable to backlash on hoist or drum. Make sure cable spools properly on hoist drum. Do not overload the hoist or wire rope.
2-21
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
HYDRAULICS
Cylinder Repairs or Replacement
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. When repairing cylinders, be sure to block them up to prevent dropping or rolling off the drill. 2. After repairing or replacing cylinders, especially the feed or tower raising ones, purge all air out of each end of the cylinder before connecting it to the drill. Air in one end can cause the tower or rotary head to fall and cause an accident. 3. Loosen feed cables or chains before trying to remove feed cylinders. 4. Plug all hoses as soon as they are removed from the cylinders to prevent oil spills and slippery conditions. 5. Use a hoist to lift the larger cylinders.
Pumps and Motors

1. Make sure hoses are plugged when replacing pumps and motors. 2. Always replace pumps and motors with the same size and type. 3. Use the correct adapters when installing pump or motor.
Valves
1. When working on valves, keep area clean to prevent contamination from getting inside valve. 2. Be sure the valve being installed is the same type as the one removed. The motor and cylinder spools are interchangeable and they may cause an accident or the failure of a component if used incorrectly.
Hoses
1. Do not replace a hose with one of lesser strength or capacity. Breakage or leakage could result. 2. Do not use a will-fit hose as it may fail and cause an accident before it can be replaced by the correct type.
2-22
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
COOLERS AND FANS

1. Never remove the fan guard unless the drill is shut down and locked out. 2. When testing fan speed, do so with the guard in place. 3. Do not try to remove debris from inside the fan guard. Stop the drill and lockout the switch before removing. 4. Be careful while washing out coolers with pressure washers. Spray can injure eyes. 5. Coolers are heavy. Obtain a suitable winch capable of lifting and moving coolers or radiators before replacing.
GUARDS
1. If any guards must be removed from the drill to perform service, always replace them before the drill is started. 2. If a guard becomes damaged or lost, replace or repair it before starting drill. 3. Do not cut out or modify a guard. It was designed to protect people from getting injured.
LUBRICATION
1. Never attempt to lubricate the drill while it is running, unless drill is fitted with automatic lubrication system. Stop drill for all maintenance. 2. To lubricate the fittings on the tower, lay the tower down and use a man lift to reach the inaccessible places. Do NOT climb the tower for ANY reason. 3. To lubricate drive lines, reach through the guards. Do not remove them. NOTE: If a lube point will not take grease, report it immediately. A bearing can get hot and cause a fire if not lubricated properly.
2-23
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
COMPRESSOR
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of compressor oil is hot enough to cause serious burns. Use precautions when working on any hot fluid lines or changing filters.
WARNING
Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the drain valve before making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system. 1. Relieve all pressure in the receiver tank and lines before working on the compressor system. 2. Do not allow tools or air-powered equipment to be connected to the drill hoses. They must be attached to the service regulator, and the pressure must be adjusted to the working capacity of the tool being used. 3. Do not remove any regulation or control hoses while the drill is running or pressure is still in the system. High pressure air can cause serious injuries. 4. Be careful when using service air to clean off the working area.High pressure air can be dangerous. 5. Turn off drill air and exhaust drill string before unscrewing drill pipe at the table. 6. Do not turn on high pressure air too quickly when the air hoses are in the vicinity of people.Hoses can jump and injure people, especially if there is water or oil inside them.
2-24
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERS

When working with the drill, maintain a safe distance from overhead electric lines. If work is to be carried out close to overhead electric lines, the working equipment must be kept well away from them. CAUTION! DANGER! Check out the prescribed safety distances.
DANGER
If your drill comes into contact with a live wire: Do not leave the drill. Do not step off the platform. Warn others against approaching and touching the drill. Have the live wire de-energized. Do not leave the drill until the damaged line has been safely de-energized.
DANGER
Operate internal combustion engines and fuel operated heating systems only in adequately ventilated premises. Before starting the drill in enclosed premises, make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
DANGER
Exceeding the slope or grade limitations of the drill and its configuration can cause the drill to tip over. Prior to moving the drill into position, always determine the safe operating grade of the drill with tower up and down. Do not move the drill with tower up.
2-25
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION
The following information is provided to assist the owners and operators of Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Equipment. Further information may be obtained by contacting your Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Equipment Distributor. The following substances are used in the manufacturing of this drill and may be hazardous to health if used incorrectly.
SUBSTANCE
Anti Freeze Hydraulic Oil Engine Lubricating Oil Compressor Oil Preservative Grease Rust Preventative Engine Fuel Battery SAE Gear Oil
PRECAUTION
Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
The following substances may be produced during the operation of this drill and may be hazardous to health.
SUBSTANCE
Engine Exhaust Fumes Engine Exhaust Fumes Electric Motor Dust (Brushes/ Insulation) Brake Lining Dust
PRECAUTION
Avoid breathing fumes. Avoid buildup of fumes in confined spaces. Avoid breathing in during maintenance. Avoid breathing in during maintenance.
2-26
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATION
This is the Safety-Alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

A signal word - DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION - is used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards. DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION safety labels are located near specific hazards. NOTICE labels are for general information.
DANGER
DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICH WILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE WARNING IS IGNORED.
2-27
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
WARNING
WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICH CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH IF THE WARNING IS IGNORED.
CAUTION
CAUTION IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICH WILL OR CAN CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY, OR PROPERTY DAMAGE IF THE WARNING IS IGNORED.
NOTICE
Notice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenance information which is important but not hazard related.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machines safety labels. Keep safety labels in good condition. Replace all missing or damaged safety labels.
Replacement safety labels can be obtained at no cost from your local Atlas Copco dealer or representative or by contacting the factory. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use the controls properly. DO NOT LET ANYONE OPERATE THIS MACHINE WITHOUT PROPER INSTRUCTION. If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your local Atlas Copco dealer.
2-28
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION

Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the function and/or safety and effect machine life.
Make sure all safety devices, including shields are installed and functioning properly. Visually inspect the machine daily before starting the machine. Do not operate the machine with loose, worn, or broken parts.
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Wear APPROVED safety equipment (safety shoes, safety glasses, hearing protection, hard hat, gloves, respirator, etc.) when operating or maintaining the machine.
Wear close fitting clothing and confine long hair. Operating equipment requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating the machine.
2-29
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRES

Handle fuel with care, it is highly flammable. Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when near open flame or sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank outdoors. Prevent fire by keeping machine clean of accumulated trash, debris, and grease. Always clean up spilled fuel.
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

Never ride on a machine. The operators cab is for one person only. Riders are subject to injury such as being thrown off the machine.
2-30
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
AVOID MOVING PARTS

Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power driven parts. Keep safety shields in place and properly secured.
CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Know and obey all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations that apply to your work situation.
PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITE

Set up traffic barriers around the work area with warning signs facing outward. Place pedestrian and traffic barriers around the job site in accordance with Federal, State, local, and governing agency laws and regulations.
2-31
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES

Before starting work, remember that contact with buried utilities may cause serious injury or death. Electric line contact may cause electric shock or electrocution. Gas line contact may rupture pipe causing explosion or fire. Fiber optic cables can blind you if you look into the laser light in them. Water line rupture may cause a flood and possible ground collapse. Before drilling, check with qualified sources to properly locate all buried utilities in and around drill path. Select a drill path that will not intersect buried utilities. Never launch a drill bit on a path toward electric, gas, or water lines. Until their location is known, have the utility company shut it off before starting any underground work. Excavate to confirm its exact location.
2-32
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUND

Do not work in trenches with unstable sides which could cave in. Do not work near faces or walls that can collapse. Do not work near benches that can collapse. Specific requirements for shoring or sloping trench walls, faces, and benches are available from several sources including Federal and State O.S.H.A. offices, or appropriate governing agency. Be sure to contact suitable authorities for these requirements before working in a trench. Federal O.S.H.A. regulations can be obtained by contacting the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. State O.S.H.A. regulations are available at your local state O.S.H.A. office, or appropriate governing agency.
ROLLOVER POSSIBLE
Proceed slowly; be alert and use extreme caution when operating on hillsides, or near ditches, gullies, holes, or obstructions where rollover could occur. Refer to Stability Chart in cab for specific information on rollover angle data.
2-33
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY.

Electrocution possible. Serious injury or death may result if the machine strikes an energized power line. Take the following precautions to prevent electrocution. Also refer to the operating instructions.
Always contact your local utility company when working in the vicinity of utilities. Locate underground utilities by qualified persons. Do not raise, lower, or move drill guide or boom near power lines. Always wear proper electrically insulated linemans gloves and boots. Never touch metal parts on machine while standing on bare ground if machine comes in contact with a power line. Always stay in cab during all drilling operations. Never step onto or off of a machine if an electric strike occurs.
2-34
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
AVOID COOLANT BURNS

Hot fluid under pressure can erupt and scald if opened. Allow to cool before opening.
AVOID BATTERY BURNS AND EXPLOSION

Battery contains sulfuric acid which can cause severe burns. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and clothing. Battery fumes are flammable and can explode. Keep all burning materials away frombattery.Do not smoke. Tools and cable clamps can make sparks. Shield eyes and face from battery.
CHECK FOR OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES

Check for overhead electrical power lines or other obstructions and be certain there is adequate clearance when handling drill rod or moving machine.
2-35
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
USE NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE

Before servicing, cleaning, repairing, inspecting, lubricating, fueling, or transporting the machine, make sure the machine has been shutdown in accordance with this instruction manual.
WHEN TRANSPORTING ON TRUCK OR TRAILER

Attach chains and binders to the machine to securely tie down the machine to the truck or trailer. Refer to LIFTING POINTS in Section 2 for proper location.
2-36
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
OBSERVE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONS

Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before draining any fluids, find the correct way of disposing them. Observe the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters and batteries. When using any solvent to clean parts, make sure that it is nonflammable, that it will not harm the skin, that it meets current O.S.H.A. standards, or appropriate governing agency. And that it is used in an area that is adequately ventilated.
WARNING
WARNING: Failure to follow any of the above safety instructions or those that follow within this manual, could result in serious injury or death. This machine is to be used only for those purposes for which it was intended as explained in this instruction manual.
2-37
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
INSPECTING SAFETY DECALS

Safety decals located on your machine contain important and useful information that will help you operate your equipment safely. To assure that all decals remain in place and in good condition, follow the instructions given below: Keep decals clean. Use soap and water, not mineral spirits, abrasive cleaners, or other similar cleaners that will damage the decal. Replace any damaged or missing decals. When attaching decals, surface temperature of the metal must be at least 40F (5C). The metal must also be clean and dry. When replacing a machine component with a decal attached, replace the decal also. (Decals part numbers and locations on the machine are shown in the safety manual located inside the operators cab door pocket.) Replacement decals can be obtained at no cost from your local Atlas Copco dealer or representative or by contacting the factory. If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your local Atlas Copco dealer.
2-38
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2.3 - SAFETY DECALS

SAFETY DECAL LOCATIONS
Safety Manual must be kept with machine at all times. Immediately replace Safety Manual and Safety Decals when lost, worn or damaged. Replacement Safety Manuals and Safety Decals can be obtained from your nearest Atlas Copco dealer.
2-39
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-40
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-41
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-42
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-43
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-44
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-45
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-46
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-47
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-48
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-49
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-50
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-51
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-52
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-53
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-54
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-55
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-56
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-57
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-58
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-59
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-60
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-61
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-62
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-63
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-64
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-65
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-66
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-67
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-68
SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS
3-1
3.1 - ATLAS COPCO ECM-590/592 Tier III

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The ECM-590 drills are built in accordance with state-of-the-art standards and recognized safety rules. Nevertheless, their misuse may constitute a risk to the life and limb of the user or third parties and may cause damage to the drills or other material property. The Atlas Copco ECM-590 drill is a track mounted, self contained percussive drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications. The ECM-590 employs a variable angle boom ideal for construction and quarry drilling. The boom has a maximum horizontal swing of 35 degrees right and 40 degrees left. The booms maximum vertical movement is 51 degrees up and 15 degrees down. Controls for the ECM-590 are divided between a Tram/Engine console and a Drilling console which permits the operator to focus on the task at hand. Standard Items on the ECM-590: 250 CFM (7.1m/min) rotary screw air compressor Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier III series diesel engine Mainframe constructed of cold finish rectangular steel tubing Hydraulic motor driven feed system Boom/Guide dump and swing allows a variety of drilling angles Independent oscillation of the left and right tracks Easy to reach tram and engine controls Separate guide mounted drilling console Optional rod changer package Optional long guide for 20 ft. (6.096 m) Two stage air cleaners
3-2
DECK ENGINE
The ECM-590 uses a double-ended diesel engine to drive the air compressor from one end and the hydraulic pump from the other.
Engine: Air Cleaner: Exhaust:
Cummins QSB 6.7 rated at 220 H.P. at 2200 R.P.M., Tier III Emission Rated Two-stage, dry type (separate from compressor air cleaner) Silenced Exhaust system for reduced noise level
Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier III Engine
3-3
AIR COMPRESSOR
The Atlas Copco, oil-filled, asymmetrical screw, single stage air compressor is directly driven from one end of the deck engine through a flexible coupling.
Model: Volume: Pressure Range: Power Source: Air Cleaner:
CF90 250 CFM (7.1m/min) 140 psi (9.9 kg/cm2) Direct drive from diesel engine Two-stage, dry type (separate from engine air cleaner)
Compressor
3-4
AIR CLEANERS
The air cleaners are the dry type with two elements: A primary element that is replaceable and can be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never cleaned.
3-5
HYDRAULICS
All drilling and propel functions are hydraulically powered. The hydraulic system consists of a 55 gallon (208.19 liter) hydraulic reservoir with 10 micron filtration. There are two hydraulic pumps, mounted on the engine, and various motors, cylinders, valves, filters, gauges and hose piping. A hydraulic oil cooler assures optimum oil temperatures to maximize system efficiency and component life. The main pump supplies hydraulic power to the drilling functions and the tramming functions. The auxiliary tandem pump supplies oil to the dust collector fan motor and the cooler fan motor. Reservoir: Capacity: 55 gallons (208.2 liters) Filtration: Hydraulic oil filtered with 10-micron elements (quantity of two) Pump Drive: Main hydraulic pump coupled to front damper pulley of deck engine with a flexible coupling. Auxiliary pump driven direct from the engine auxiliary drive. Pumps: Main Pump: 6.1 cu. in./rev. displacement, 54 GPM (204.4 L/min.) @ 2200 rpm. with load sense System Pressure: 3200 psi. Function: Supplies oil pressure to all hydraulic functions but dust collector and cooler Auxiliary Pump: Tandem pump Front Section: 1.94 cu. in./rev (31.8 cc/rev) displacement Rear Section: .87 cu. in./rev (14cc/rev) displacement System Pressure: 2500 psi Function: Supplies oil pressure to the dust collector fan and the cooler fan
3-6
COOLING PACKAGE
Type: Fan Drive: Fan Type: Fan Motor Speed: Cooling Capacity: Cooler
Single, 4 section cooler, deck mounted Hydraulic motor, gear type Single fan w/guard 1850 rpm Rated at 125F (52C) ambient at sea level.
3-7
DUST COLLECTOR
Type: Features:
No visible emission pleated paper element with pneumatic flushing 24 volt electronic timer and valves 5 inch diameter inlet Rotor balanced at 3200 RPM so that vibration does not exceed.75mil (.00075 inches) peak to peak
Fan Motor: Filters: Collector
Gear type hydraulic drive fan motor with.55 cu. in./rev. displacement 2 pleated paper elements
3-8
CONTROLS
Two consoles are used to operate the ECM-590, amain control console and a drill control console. The drill control console is mounted on (and moves with) the guide for optimum operator visibility of the hole collar at dump angles. The main control console is located on the side frame. Engine throttle control and engine tachometer are present on the main control console. Next to the main control console is the set-up valve bank for boom and guide positioning. Tram controls are located under the main control console.
3-9
3-10
3-11
BOOM AND GUIDE

The boom and guide on the ECM-590 is designed for vertical and dump angle drilling. The boom hydraulic cylinders extend, raise and lower the boom while the dump and swing cylinders set the drilling angle. The Drifter turns the drill rod and moves up and down the guide by a feed motor and feed chain.
Maximum Horizontal Boom Swing: Maximum Vertical Boom Movement: Maximum Boom Extension:
35 degrees right, 40 degrees left 51 degrees up, 15 degrees down 30 inches (762 mm) with automatic rod changer 48 inches (1219.2 mm) without automatic rod changer
Maximum Guide Swing: Guide Extension: Guide Dump Movement: Guide
48 degrees right, 40 degrees left 48 inches (1,219 mm) 180 degrees
3-12
DRIFTER
The hydraulic drifters are valved, hydraulically-operated hammer drills that incorporate an integral, independently-controlled, hydraulically-powered rotation motor to rotate the drill steel and bit. It is especially suitable for pipeline work, drilling vertical and angle blast holes in quarries, and on any construction jobs where large volume rock excavations are required. The ECM-590 is equipped with either a YH70 or a YH80A drifter. The YH70 drifter is used for holes 2.5 to 4 inches (65 to 102mm) in diameter. The YH80Adrifter is used for holes 3 to 4.5 inches (76 to 114mm) in diameter (hole diameter capability is dependent on material being drilled). YH70 Weight: 419 lb. (190 kg) Rotation Speed: 0-200 RPM Frequency: 3000 BPM YH80A Weight: 463 lb. (210 kg) Rotation Speed: 0-150 RPM Frequency: 2600 BPM
3-13
UNDERCARRIAGE
The ECM-590 utilizes an excavator type undercarriage, built to Atlas Copco specifications. The undercarriage is driven by a planetary gear system and two hydraulic motors with a combined rated 126 HP (93.57 kW) each. The oscillation system is used to raise or lower the right-hand or the left-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up the drill on rough terrain. Oscillation control valves are located at the main control console. These controls allow the each track to be moved separately or together. The oscillation system is used to raise or lower the right-hand or the left-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up the drill on rough terrain. Oscillation control valves are located at the main control console. These controls allow the each track to be moved separately or together. Overall Length: 123.5 inches (3137.47 mm) Crawler Ground Contact Length: 97 inches (2464.35 mm) Take-Up Adjustment: Hydraulic (grease) slack adjustment, spring recoil Rollers: 8 Lower, 1 Upper Location: Strategically located for load distribution relative to the boom/guide position Roller Bearings: Sealed - for - life Brakes: Plate type, spring applied, hydraulically released Tow Release: Track drive manually releases for emergency towing Drive: Two independently controlled hydraulic motors through planetary reduction. Propel Motors: Fixed displacement, together rated at 126 HP (93.57 kW) Propel Speed Range: 0 to 2 MPH (0 to 3.2 km/hr.)
3-14
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPACITIES
Tram Speed: Gradeability: Ground Clearance: Grouser Width: Track Length: Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity: Hydraulic Tank Capacity: Separator Tank Capacity: Radiator (Engine and Radiator Total) Capacity: Engine Oil (With Filter Change) Capacity: Vaposol Tank Capacity: Final Drive Capacity: Lubricator Capacity:
0-2.0 mph (0-3.2 km/hr) 35 degrees 18 inches (457 mm) 12 inches (305 mm) 121 inches (3,073 mm) 100 gallons (378.5 liters) 55 gallons (208 liters) 9 gallons (34 liters) 13 gallons (49.21 liters) 23.2 quarts (21.9 liters) 40 gallons (151 liters) 64 ounces (1.89 liters) .75 quart (.7 liter)
GENERAL SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
Shipping Drill Height (Boom at 45 degree angle): Shipping Drill Length (Boom at 45 degree angle): Shipping Width (W/O Operator Platform: Shipping Weight With Automatic Rod Changer: Shipping Weight W/O Automatic Rod Changer:
284 inches (7,214 mm) 233 inches (5,918 mm) 96 inches (2,438 mm) 23,500 pounds (10,660 kg) 24,500 pounds (11,113 kg)
3-15
3-16
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/ CONTROLS
4-1
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS
4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelines before you operate or perform any maintenance, service or repairs on the drill. Safety should be the main concern for anyone working on or around the drill. Do not perform any function that could put someone in danger. Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes Approved Hard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do not wear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.
WARNING
If you are not experienced with the drills controls and instruments, read and understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments.
WARNING
Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down engine before working on the drill. The following operational hints should be observed: 1. Do not speed engine when it is cold. 2. Always chock the tracks if there is a possibility of uncontrolled movement. 3. Do not lubricate the drill while the engine is running. 4. Always perform safety checks prior to starting and using the drill. 5. Do not control propel speed using the engine speed control lever. 6. Always operate the drill at full engine power when drilling or tramming the drill. 7. Use caution when propelling on unstable surfaces where there may be a risk of overturning or when loading onto a transporter where there is a risk of overturning.
4-2
8. Never propel or stop the drill on a slope or surface that is liable to collapse. 9. Never stop the drill against a high wall that is liable to collapse or cause a crushing risk. 10. Before starting engine, always check to see that the drill/propel mode selector is in the drill position and both propel control levers and drill feed are at stop position and that the parking brake is applied.
4-3
ECM-590 Tier III INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

BASIC INFORMATION
The instruments and controls section of this manual provides basic information about the operating controls, instruments and indicators located on the consoles and around the drill. Two consoles are used to operate the ECM-590, amain control console and a drill control console. The main control console is located on the side frame. The drill control console is mounted on (and moves with) the drill guide for optimum operator visibility of the hole collar at dump angles. The main control console is use to start the engine. This console is also used for gauging engine oil and temperature and controlling engine speed. The main control console also contains discharge air pressure and hydraulic tank pressure gauges, drill light switches, an emergency stop button, compressor switch, voltage gauge, and fuses. The tram controls are located under the main control console. The left tram control is the valve controlling the left tram motor and the right tram control is the valve controlling the right tram motor. Oscillation controls are located at the left of the main control console. Oscillation controls include right-hand control, left-hand control, and both work in conjunction with the track oscillation control lever. Both valves must be open when tramming and closed when drilling. Boom and guide functions are controlled from both control consoles and include boom swing, lift and extension, and guide extension, dump and swing. The drill control console also has the feed and rotation controls and gauges, dust collector and vaposol controls, automatic rod changer controls, emergency stop button, blow control lever and blow air pressure gauge, dust collector, and the centralizer control.
4-4
OVERALL VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE
4-5
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE PANEL
4-6
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Main Control Console Panel
A description of the gauges and controls on the Main Control Console Panel and their functions are as follows:
Engine On/Off Key Power Switch

The Engine ON/OFF Key Power Switch turns on all electrical power to the engine and controls stopping and run operations.
Key Positions:
First Position (CCW) Second Position Third Position (CW) ACC - Accessories (Lights) OFF - Off ON - Accessories and Run
NOTICE
Always stop the engine and remove the key when leaving the drill unattended and/or performing certain maintenance procedures.
Engine Start Button

The Engine Start Button switch energizes the starter motor and engages the starter motor solenoid to crank the engine for startup. Press the engine starter button switch and the engine bypass button switch together to start the engine. Once the engine starts, release the engine starter button switch immediately.
NOTICE
Do not engage the starter motor solenoid longer than 30 seconds at a time or it will overheat and burn up the starter motor. If the engine does not start, WAIT 3 minutes to allow the starter to cool before trying again.
4-7
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Horn Button
Push the Horn Button to warn persons on the ground that the machine is about to move.
Cold Start Switch (Ether Injection)

The Cold Start Switch operate the Ether Injection system to aid in starting the engine in cold weather.
NOTICE
Starting aid may be required when temperature is below 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) and will be required when temperature is below 10 degrees F (-12 degrees C).
WARNING
Starting aids are extremely flammable and can explode. Overloading the engine air intake system could result in an explosion. Avoid overloading the engine air intake when starting.
Engine Speed Switch

The Engine Speed Switch controls the engine speed. In the HIGH position, the engine rpm is 2200 rpm with the engine fully loaded. In the LOW position, the engine speed is 1400 rpm.
NOTICE
Always ensure that the engine speed is at HIGH rpm before tramming or drilling. Full power is necessary to obtain the proper component operation and maximum rpm for the greatest efficiency.
WARNING
A runaway drill can cause injury or death. DO NOT attempt to control drill travel speed with the engine speed control. Use the tram control to control travel speed. Maintain engine speed at maximum idle speed for all drill operations.
4-8
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
The Engine Oil Pressure Gauge shows the pressure that is required to circulate oil inside the engine. This gauge should not read less than 10 psi (69 kPa) on LOW idle nor less than 30 to 75 psi (205 to 517 kPa) at normal operating range. Once the low pressure drops to less than 10 psi, the switch in the gauge will stop the engine.
NOTICE
There is a pressure monitoring system in the engine oil pressure gauge that will shut down the engine immediately in the event that the oil pressure drops below 10 psi; otherwise the engine could be severely damaged. Check the oil level according to the instructions provided in the Maintenance Instructions.
Water Temperature Gauge

The engine Water Temperature Gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant system in both F and C scales. Normal operating temperature is from 158-212F (70-100C). The system will shut down if the temperature exceeds 215F (101C).
NOTICE
There is a temperature monitoring system in the water temperature gauge that will shut down the engine immediately in the event that the water temperature exceeds 215 degrees F (101 degrees C); otherwise the engine could be severely damaged. Check the engine coolant according to the instructions provided in the Maintenance Instructions.
Engine Data Module Display

The Engine Data Module is a multifunction tool that enables the operator to view many different engine parameters and service codes. This system provides a window into modern electronic engines and includes a graphical backlit LCD screen which has excellent contrast and viewing from all angles. The display can show either a single parameter or a quadrant display showing 4 parameters simultaneously. Diagnostic capabilities include fault codes with text translation for the most common conditions. The enhanced alarm indication has ultra bright alarm and shutdown LRDs (amber & red). It has a wide temperature range of -40F to +185F (-40C to +85C), display viewing -40F to +167F (-40C to +75C), and increased environmental sealing to +/- 5 PSI (+/- 35kPa). The Engine Data Module displays critical engine data broadcast by an eletronic engines Engine Control Unit (ECU) such as engine RPM, oil pressure, coolant temperature, system voltage, and more. This unit includes an audible alarm and relay unit for warning and shutdown annunciation.
4-9
Other components in the system are microprocessor PowerView Gages for displaying critical engine data broadcast by an electronic engine or transmissions Engine Control Unit (ECU): engine RPM, oil pressure, coolant temperature, system voltage, etc. and a combination audible alarm and relay unit for warning and shutdown annunciation. Faceplate Features and Keypad Functions
The key pad is a capacitive touch sensing system. There are no mechanical switches to wear or stick. The keypad operates in extreme temperatures, with gloves, through ice, snow, mud, grease and more. The display will flash when any of the keys are pressed. The keys on the keypad perform the following functions: 1. Menu Key The Menu Key is pressed to either enter or exit the menu screens. 2. Left Arrow The Left Arrow Key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the parameter selection toward the left or downward 3. Right Arrow The Right Arrow Key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the parameter selection toward the right or upward. 4. Enter Key The Enter Key (also called the Enter Button) is pressed to select the parameter that is high-lighted on the screen.
Emergency Stop
The Emergency Stop button switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.All engines are energized to run, which means the fuel system must be energized in order to pump fuel.
4-10
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Compressor Switch
The Compressor Switch, when pressed, will start the build-up of air pressure.Once the drill is started, the compressor will build and maintain 45 psi. To get more pressure, push the Compressor Switch to allow the system to build up and maintain 140 psi.When the higher pressure is no longer needed, pull out the switch and the system will drop back to and maintain 45 psi.
Discharge Pressure Gauge

The Discharge Pressure Gauge indicates the output air pressure of the compressor.When the compressor switch is pulled out, the gauge will indicate an output air pressure of 45 psi. When the switch is pushed in, the gauge will indicate an output air pressure of 140 psi. While drilling, the air pressure should be no less than 70 psi.
Air Temperature Gauge

The Air Temperature Gauge indicates the output air temperature of the compressor. The discharge temperature is in the range of 170 to 200 degrees F (21.1 to 37.8 degrees C).
Hydraulic Tank Pressure Gauge

The Hydraulic Tank Pressure Gauge shows the pressure in the hydraulic tank to be between 7 and 12 psi.
Fuel Gauge
The Fuel Gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
Lights Switch
The Lights Switch turns on the lights for night drilling.
Fuses
The Fuses protect the electrical system.
Drifter Hourmeter
The Drifter Hourmeter indicates the number of hours the drifter has operated.
4-11
BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS

Boom and Guide Controls
Guide Extension Control

The Guide Extension Control raises and lowers the guide when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). To raise the guide, push the lever away from the operator. To lower the guide, pull the lever toward the operator.
Guide Dump Control

The Guide Dump Control pivots the guide up or down when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide up. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide down.
4-12
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Guide Swing Control
The Guide Swing Control pivots the guide left to right when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide left. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide right.
Boom Swing Control

The Boom Swing Control swings the boom left to right. Pull the control lever toward the operator to swing the boom left. Push the control lever away from the operator to swing the boom right.
Boom Lift Control

The Boom Lift Control lifts the boom up or down. Pull the control lever toward the operator to move the boom down. Push the control lever away from the operator to move the boom up.
Boom Extension Control

The Boom Extension Control extends or retracts the boom. Pull the control lever toward the operator to retract the boom. Push the control lever away from the operator to extend the boom.
4-13
OSCILLATION CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS

Oscillation Controls
Track Oscillation Control

The Track Oscillation Control raises and lowers the right-hand and/or left-hand track assembly. This control works in conjunction with the right-hand and left-hand track oscillation controls valves. The right-hand and/or left-hand track oscillation control valves must be opened for the track oscillation control lever to work.
Right-Hand Oscillation Control

The Right-Hand Oscillation Control raises and lowers the right-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up to drill on rough terrain. This control valve must be used in conjunction with the track oscillation control valve located with the hydraulic control valves. To raise or lower the right-hand track, close the left-hand track oscillation control valve, and open the right-hand oscillation control valve.Move the track oscillation control valve to raise of lower the track assembly.
4-14
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Left-Hand Oscillation Control
The Left-Hand Oscillation Control raises and lowers the left-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up to drill on rough terrain. This control valve must be used in conjunction with the track oscillation control valve located with the hydraulic control valves. To raise or lower the left-hand track, close the right-hand track oscillation control valve, and open the left-hand oscillation control valve. Move the track oscillation control valve to raise of lower the track assembly.
CAUTION
Both Oscillation Control Valves must be open when tramming over uneven terrain to allow hydraulic interaction between cylinders which will help to maintain stability to the machine.
NOTICE
Both Oscillation Control Valves must be closed when drilling to prevent the machine from tilting out of the drilling position.
4-15
TRAM CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS

Tram Controls
Left-Hand Tram Control

The Left-Hand Tram Control operates the left-hand tram motor.
Right-Hand Tram Control

The Right-Hand Tram Control operates the right-hand tram motor.
Tram Controls
These controls allow each track assembly to move separately or together.
4-16
To tram forward, push both controls away from the operator. To tram in reverse, pull both controls toward the operator. To make a right turn, operate the left-hand control while leaving the right-hand control in the centered (or neutral) position. To make a left turn, operate the right-hand control while leaving the left-hand control in the centered (or neutral) position. To rotate the machine to the right, push the left-hand control away from the operator and pull the right-hand control toward the operator in unison. To rotate the machine to the left, push the right-hand control away from the operator and pull the left-hand control away from the operator in unison.
4-17
OVERALL VIEW OF DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE

Drill Control Console
4-18
UPPER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE
4-19
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drill Pressure Gauge
The Drill Pressure Gauge indicates the hydraulic pressure of the drifter hammer.
Feed Pressure Gauge

The Feed Pressure Gauge (sometimes called pull-down pressure) measures the amount of hydraulic down pressure being exerted on the bit by the feed (motor) system. It can be increased or decreased by turning the Slow Feed Pressure Control.
Slow Feed Pressure Control

The Slow Feed Pressure Control valve regulates the pressure to the feed motor while doing actual drilling. The control will only work when the Slow Feed Control valve handle is pushed away from the operator and the drifter is moving down toward the centralizer end of the drill guide. Turning the control clockwise will increase feed pressure. Turning the control counterclockwise will reduce the feed pressure.
NOTICE
Drifter hammer drilling requires sufficient feed pressure only to match the rate of penetration.
Rotation Pressure Gauge

The Rotation Pressure Gauge shows the amount of hydraulic pressure being applied to the rotate the drill bit. The pressure will vary depending on the rock condition. This gauge is used in conjunction with the Drill Rotation Control.
Blow Air Pressure Gauge

The Blow Air Pressure Gauge (sometimes called Flushing Air) measures the air pressure blowing down the hole. The blow air forces debris (from drilling) out of the hole.
Drill Console Lights

The Drill Console Lights illuminate the console for night drilling.
On/Off Switch for Console Lights

The On/Off Switch for Console Lights control the Drill Console Lights. This switch will also operate the Night Lights Option, if the drill is so equipped.
4-20
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Anti-Jam Switch
The Anti-Jam Switch is an on/off switch which operates the automatic Anti-Jam circuit and should be turned on just prior to drilling. The Anti-Jam circuit is provided to assist the driller when drilling in poor ground. The operation theory is that when the rotation pressure increases to a predetermined level the fluid flowing to the feed motor will be reversed which retracts the bit before it can become stuck in the hole.
Reverse-Percussion Switch (Optional)

The Reverse-Percussion Switch works in conjunction with the Anti-JamCircuit.When the feed motor reverses to retract the bit, the bit may start to stick in the hole. Reverse-Percussion will hammer the bit in reverse, thus hammering the bit out of the hole.
Emergency Stop
The Emergency Stop button switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.All engines are energized to run, which means the fuel system must be energized in order to pump fuel.
Dust Collector On/Off Switch

The Dust Collector On/Off Switch operates the dust control system. Push the switch toggle left allows the dust collector to operate automatically whenever the blow (flushing) air is used. Pushing the toggle switch right will operate the dust collector even if blow (flushing) air is not in use. The toggle must be held in this position as it will spring-return to off when released.
Water Injection Controls

The Water Injection Controls includes two valves; an on/off valve and a metering control. The on/off valve control injects a regulated quantity of water/detergent mix into the drill air stream to aid in collaring prevention and to suppress dust created by the drilling operation. The metering valve adjusts the flow rate of water/detergent mix into the air stream to keep down dust and prevent collaring in the hole. Rotate the valve clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the water flow rate into the air line after the Blow Control Valve Handle has been pushed away from the operator.
4-21
LOWER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE
4-22
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS DRILLING CONTROLS
Drill Percussion Control

The Drill Percussion Control starts the hammer action of the drill.Push the control down to start the action. Raise the control to stop the action.
Slow Feed Control

The Slow Feed Control sets the direction of feed from the feed motor. Push the control away from the operator to feed the drill into the hole. Pull the control toward the operator to retract the drill to the top of the drill guide.When the control is in the forward position only, the downward force is regulated by the feed motor control regulator.
4-23
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Fast Feed Control
The Fast Feed Control sets the direction of feed from the feed motor. Push the control down to feed the drill toward the centralizer end of the drill guide. Pull the control up to retract the drill to the top of the drill guide.
Drill Rotation Control

The Drill Rotation Control sets the direction of rotation. Push the control down to give the operator forward rotation. Pull the control up to give the operator reverse rotation.
Centralizer Control
The Centralizer Control opens or closes the hydraulic centralizer. Push the control down to close the centralizer. Pull the control up to open the centralizer.
Dust Hood Control

The Dust Hood Control raises or lowers the dust hood. Push the control away from the operator to raise the dust hood. Pull the control toward the operator to lower the dust hood.
NOTICE
The Dust Hood Control will work as stated when the drill guide is in the vertical position.
4-24
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS BLOW AIR CONTROL
Blow Air Control

The Blow Air Control is a switch that turns on or off the air blown down the hole (also called flushing air).
4-25
BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE
Guide Extension Control

The Guide Extension Control raises and lowers the guide when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). To raise the guide, push the lever away from the operator. To lower the guide, pull the lever toward the operator.
Guide Dump Control

The Guide Dump Control pivots the guide up or down when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide up. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide down.
4-26
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Guide Swing Control
The Guide Swing Control pivots the guide left to right when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide left. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide right.
Boom Swing Control

The Boom Swing Control swings the boom left to right. Pull the control lever toward the operator to swing the boom left. Push the control lever away from the operator to swing the boom right.
Boom Lift Control

The Boom Lift Control lifts the boom up or down. Pull the control lever toward the operator to move the boom down. Push the control lever away from the operator to move the boom up.
Boom Extension Control

The Boom Extension Control extends or retracts the boom. Pull the control lever toward the operator to retract the boom. Push the control lever away from the operator to extend the boom.
4-27
MID-POINT CENTRALIZER SWITCH FOR LONG GUIDE OPTION

The ECM-590 Long Guide option has 22 ft. (6.71m) of drifter travel. A 24 ft. (7.32m) starter rod can be used with the Mid-Point Centralizer for long, single-pass applications. A manual Rod Rack with four 12 ft. (3.66 m) rods is included for deeper drilling depths. A 30 inch (762 mm) boom extension helps with positioning on the toughest jobs.
To move the Mid-Point Centralizer IN to support the Drill Rod, move the Switch left. To move the Mid-Point Centralizer OUT away from the Drill Rod. move the Switch right.
4-28
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
4-29
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III On Time Dial
The On Time Dial adjusts the duration of the pulse jet for the cleaning air. Ingersoll-Rand recommends this dial be set for.15 seconds duration.
Off Time Dial

The Off Time Dial adjusts the time between pulses. Ingersoll-Rand recommends this dial be set for 5 seconds intervals.
Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator

The Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator adjusts the air pressure used for the cleaning cycle of the dust collector. The pulse pressure is set at 60 psi (4.2 kg/cm2) between pulses. The Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator also removes moisture from the air before it goes into the dust collector. The water can be drained from the bottom of the unit.
WARNING
Never set the air pressure regulator to exceed 60 psi (4.2 kg/cm2). Excess pressure can damage the pneumatic parts causing failure.
Air Pressure Gauge

The Air Pressure Gauge indicates the air pressure used for the cleaning cycle of the dust collector.
Manometer
The Manometer measure the vacuum of the dust collector. The measure is 18 - 19 inches of water from the clean side of the filters to atmosphere.
Manifold Drain
The Manifold Drain allows the removal of condensed water that has built up in the manifold. During high humidity or high moisture conditions, it may be necessary to leave this drain slightly open.
4-30
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL AND TEMPERATURE
The Hydraulic Oil Level and Temperature Gauge measures the amount of hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank as well as the temperature of the oil. The hydraulic oil level should be at the HIGH mark on the gauge.
4-31
COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL AT SEPARATOR TANK
The Compressor Oil Level Sight Glass indicates the compressor oil level in the system. The sight glass will show oil at the mid point when the compressor system is not in operation.
4-32
AIR CLEANER
Air Cleaner Indicators
Engine Air Cleaner Indicator

The Engine Air Cleaner Indicator reveals a restriction in the air intake filter system. The indicator should be GREEN. If RED, clean or replace filter elements.
Compressor Air Cleaner Indicator

The Compressor Air Cleaner Indicator reveals a restriction in the air intake filter system. The indicator should be GREEN. If RED, clean or replace filter elements.
4-33
HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTER INDICATOR
The Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Indicator shows when the hydraulic oil return filter needs to be changed, and should only be checked when the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature. The hydraulic filters must be changed during normal maintenance or when the indicator shows a reading of 30 psi (2.1 kg/cm2) of higher.
4-34
TRACK FINAL DRIVE

Disengaging Track Final Drive
The Track Final Drive must be disengaged to tow the drill. This is done by removing the two bolts in the drive middle cover plate. Remove and turn the plate over, then re-install the two bolts. Tighten the bolts until the plate is flush with the outer surface of the outer drive cover.
DANGER
WARNING
Death or personal injury can result from improperly towing a disengaged drill.
The brakes are ineffective when the final drive is disengaged. Always chock or block the tracks before releasing brakes.
NOTICE
Never tow the machine faster than 2 MPH (3.2 kmh) as severe damage can occur to the tram motors as a result of over speeding.
4-35
LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT VALVE
The Lubricator Adjustment Valve adjusts the amount of rock drill oil allowed into the air system to properly lubricate the drifter piston and other air operated items.
4-36
HYDRAULIC OIL HAND PUMP
The Hydraulic Oil Hand Pump is used to fill or add hydraulic oil to the hydraulic reservoir.Oil is pumped through filters to ensure a clean hydraulic oil introduced into the system. The hand pump is the only means of filling the hydraulic reservoir. The Hose Connection is where the hose from the hydraulic oil source connects to the hand pump.
4-37
AIR ACCESSORY CONNECTION
The Air Accessory Connection is a pneumatic port for use of air tools or other air driven accessories.
4-38
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5-1
5.1 -DRILL OPERATION

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
WARNING
If you are not experienced with the drills controls and instruments, read and understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments.
WARNING
Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down engine before working on the drill. The following operational hints should be observed: 1. Do not speed engine when it is cold. 2. Always chock the tracks if there is a possibility of uncontrolled movement. 3. Do not lubricate the drill while the engine is running. 4. Always perform safety checks prior to starting and using the drill. 5. Do not control propel speed using the engine speed control lever. 6. Always operate the drill at full engine power when drilling or tramming the drill. 7. Use caution when propelling on unstable surfaces where there may be a risk of overturning or when loading onto a transporter where there is a risk of overturning.
5-2
8. Never propel or stop the drill on a slope or surface that is liable to collapse. 9. Never stop the drill against a high wall that is liable to collapse or cause a crushing risk. 10. Before starting engine, always check to see that the drill/propel mode selector is in the drill position and both propel control levers and drill feed are at stop position and that the parking brake is applied.
5-3
WALK AROUND INSPECTION

General Information
Before every shift and prior to starting the ECM-590 drill, a walk around inspection of the overall drill should be performed. This is in addition to the 8 or 10 hour daily routine maintenance procedures. Performance of this inspection can result in longer life and maximum productivity from the drill.
Check for Hydraulic System Oil Leaks

A careful inspection of all hydraulic components (pumps, motors, valves, hoses, etc.) should be made to detect possible leaks or any irregularities. This is particularly important when the drill is new. Drills have been equipped at the factory with a hydraulic oil containing a blue colored dye which will aid in early detection of leaks.
WARNING
Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot components to contact the skin.
Check for Compressor System Oil Leaks

A careful inspection of all compressor components (air end, air end pump, valves, hoses, fittings and filters) should be made to insure there are no compressor oil leaks or any irregularities. This is particularly important when the drill is new.
WARNING
High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Completely relieve pressure before removing filler plug, fittings or receiver cover.
5-4
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Check for Coolant System Leaks
Power pack engine radiators should be checked for leaks. Failure to cool the engine properly can result in engine failure or severely reduce engine life.
WARNING
Injury can occur when removing the radiator cap. Steam or fluid escaping from the radiator can burn. Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Always shut down the engine and allow it to cool down before removing the radiator cap. Remove cap slowly to relieve pressure. Avoid contact with steam or escaping fluid.
Check for Fuel System Leaks

Maintain fuel tanks at a high level to minimize water condensation inside the tank. This is best accomplished by filling fuel tanks at the end of each day. Check fuel tanks and fuel lines for possible leaks. Because of the potential fire hazard, leaks must be corrected as soon as they are spotted.
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine, extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while filling tank or draining fuel filters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.
General Checks
Other general checks should be made at this time for any wear and tear on the drill. Check for broken or cracked welds, loose or missing bolts, broken or inoperative gauges, or any other irregularities which could lead to more costly breakdowns. Frequently walk around the drill and inspect for leaks, loose or missing parts, damaged parts or parts out of adjustment. Perform all recommended daily maintenance.
5-5
PRE-START INSPECTION
General Information
Before starting the ECM-590, a pre-operation inspection of the overall drill is very important. This inspection should be performed before each shift and at every startup. These are in addition to the daily routine maintenance. Performance of this inspection can result in longer life and maximum productivity from the drill. The following are checks and verifications of the overall drill that should be performed prior to starting.
Check Engine Lubricating Oil Level

Check the engine oil level by viewing the dipstick. The drill must be level when checking the oil level to be sure the measurement is correct. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off the engine to check the oil level. This allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan. If oil level is low, refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
WARNING
Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot components to contact the skin.
Check Engine Coolant Level

Check engine coolant level, on low pressure drills, at the radiator cap when the radiator is cool to the touch. The level should be maintained up to the neck of the filler. Check engine coolant level, on high pressure drills, on the radiator sight glass. The level should be maintained so fluid can be seen in the sight glass. If the coolant level is low, refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
WARNING
Injury can occur when removing the radiator cap. Steam or fluid escaping from the radiator can burn. Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Always shut down the engine and allow to cool before removing the radiator cap. Remove cap slowly to relieve pressure. Avoid contact with steam or escaping fluid.
5-6
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Check Fuel Level Check Fuel Level
Check fuel level gauge. The tank should be refilled when the indicator needle moves to below 1/4 tank. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures section of Section 7 MAINTENANCE. Select the proper grade of fuel oil in accordance with the instructions given in the Fuel Specifications section of this manual.
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine, extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while filling tank. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.
Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator

The fuel filter /water separator should be monitored daily for signs of water and sediment. If water is present, drain the water and sediment from the filters / separators. Refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine, extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while draining fuel / water filters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.
Check Compressor Oil Level

Check the compressor oil level.With the drill in a level position, the oil level should be in the middle of the sight gauge. If oil is required, follow the instructions in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
WARNING
High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Completely relieve pressure before removing filler plug, fittings or receiver cover. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.
5-7
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drain Water from Receiver Tank
When compressing air, water will condense in the receiver tank and mix with the compressor oil. If allowed to accumulate, the water will significantly reduce bearing life. Follow the instructions in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual and relieve water from the system.
WARNING
High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the drain valve before making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.
Check the Batteries

Check the battery posts and cables for corrosion. Check and keep the electrolyte levels above the battery plates or to the bottom of the fill holes. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
WARNING
Batteries contain an acid and can cause injury. Battery fumes can ignite and explode. Do not smoke when observing battery fluid level. Skin and eye contact with battery fluid can cause injury. Avoid skin and eye contact with battery fluid. If contact occurs, flush area immediately with water.
Check Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Level

Check the oil level in the Pump Drive Gearbox and maintain it to the FULL level indicated on the dipstick. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
WARNING
Rotating Shaft can cause severe injury or death. Do not operate with guard removed. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.
5-8
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Check the Hydraulic Oil Level
The hydraulic oil level should be checked by the sight gauge on the hydraulic tank. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted positions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to follow the directions in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual when reading the level gauge: 1. The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted, tower down, jacks up and rotary head at the top of the tower should be between the FULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge. 2. The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND when the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all times. Add oil to bring to levels defined above by following directions in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual. Select the proper grade of oil in accordance with the information given in the Lube Specifications section of this manual.
CAUTION
Excessive hydraulic oil can rupture the sealed hydraulic tank and cause injury or property damage. Do not fill hydraulic tank with hydraulic cylinders extended. Retract all cylinders and fill tank to indicated level.
NOTICE
Dirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. A clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drills proper function.Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic system to ensure its complete cleanliness. When operating, the oil level must be between the maximum and minimum.
5-9
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Keep Operators Areas Clean
Make sure the operators areas, steps and grab rails are clean. Oil, grease, snow, ice or mud in these areas can cause you to slip and fall. Clean your boots of excess mud before getting on the drill. Remove all personal items or other objects from the operators area. Secure these items in a tool box or remove them from the drill. Before starting the drill, a check to verify that the Warning Lights, Backup Alarm and Emergency Stop controls are functioning properly is very important. This inspection should be performed before each shift and at every startup.
CAUTION
Any drill defects should be reported to the proper personnel. Defects must be corrected before starting and operating the drill.
5-10
ENGINE STARTING
General Information
WARNING
WARNING
If you are not experienced with the drills controls and instruments, read and understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments. Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down engine before working on the drill.
WARNING
Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelines before you operate or perform any maintenance, service or repairs on the drill. Before starting engine or beginning to move drill, check inside, outside and underneath drill for people or obstructions. Check for warnings or Lockout tags on the controls. If there is a tag attached to the switch, do not start the engine until the warning tag has been removed by the person who installed it. START the engine from the Main Control Console Panel only.
WARNING
Do not start the engine unless the hydraulic tank is full. Hydraulic pump damage will occur if operated without oil. Ensure the tank is properly filled.
5-11
WARNING
Do not start the machine on a grade greater than 35 degrees.
Normal Starting Procedure

1. Move all hydraulic controls, switches, etc. to the OFF, neutral or minimum flow position.
2. Pull the Emergency Stop switch out. 3. Turn the Engine Speed switch to the LOW position.
5-12
4. If the outside temperature is below 40 degrees F (4.45 degrees C), turn the Cold Start switch to the ON position.
NOTICE
If the Cold Start switch is in the ON position, the automatic temperature control will not allow the engine to start unless the temperature is below 40 degrees F (4.45 degrees C). 5. Turn the Engine On/Off Key Power Switch to the ON position. 6. Push the Horn Button to alert all the engine is about to start, then push the Start button until the engine starts.
NOTICE
In the event of an emergency while starting the drill, push the Emergency Stop switch to stop the engine. 7. Allow the engine to idle for a minimum of five minutes to allow for proper engine warm up. 8. Once the engine has warmed, move the Engine Speed switch to HIGH position. 9. Push the Compressor Switch in to load the compressor and allow air pressure to build up in the air system.
WARNING
Never pull the Compressor Switch out. It will pop out automatically when the machine has been shut down and the air pressure has bled off. 10. Continue to leave the Engine Speed switch in HIGH position until the drill is trammed to the desired location. When the operator is ready to start drilling, turn the Engine Speed switch to low. When drilling, the Engine Load Sense will determine Engine Speed.
5-13
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Stopping The Engine
Use the following sequence to properly shut down the machine: 1. Move the Engine Speed switch to the LOW position. 2. Allow unit to operate at idle speed for five minutes. This allows the engine to cool down as well as permitting foam to dissipate from the oil in the receiver. 3. Turn the Engine On/Off Key Power Switch to the OFF position. 4. The Compressor Switch will automatically pop out when the system pressure reduces.
5-14
TRAMMING THE DRILL

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
If you are not experienced with the drills controls and instruments, read and understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments. Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down engine before working on the drill. Before starting engine or beginning to move drill, check inside, outside and underneath drill for people or obstructions.
5-15
CAUTION
Before tramming, position the drill guide to clear all obstacles, while maintaining stability.
1. Place the drill guide in a horizontal position, high enough to clear the ground and low enough to clear all obstacles, such as power lines. 2. Open both the Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Control valves by pushing them down to the horizontal position. 3. Move the Engine Speed Switch to the HIGH position if tramming over flat, level terrain. If tramming over rough or uneven terrain, the Engine Speed Switch must be in the LOW position.
WARNING
Do not start the machine on a grade greater than 35 degrees.
5-16
4. Move the Left-Hand Tram Control and Right-Hand Control to move the machine to the desired position. a.To tram forward, push both controls away from the operator. b.To tram in reverse, pull both controls toward the operator. c.To make a right turn, operate the left-hand control while leaving the right-hand control in the centered (or neutral) position. d.To make a left turn, operate the right-hand control while leaving the left-hand control in the centered (or neutral) position. e.To rotate the machine to the right, push the left-hand control away from the operator and pull the right-hand control toward the operator in unison. f.To rotate the machine to the left, push the right-hand control away from the operator and pull the left-hand control away from the operator in unison.
WARNING
Moving the machine can cause sever injury or death. Operate the tram controls from the operator platform only. Make certain all persons are clear of the machine before starting it.
WARNING
Machine rollover can cause severe injury or death. Position the boom and guide uphill side and lowered position when crossing sloped terrain.
5-17
TOWING THE DRILL

General Towing Information
These towing instructions are for moving a disabled drill a short distance, only a few meters (feet) at a low speed not faster than 2 km/h (1.2mph), to a convenient repair location.These instructions are for emergencies only. Always haul the drill on a transporter if long distance moving is required. Shielding must be provided on the towing machine to protect the operator if the tow line or bar should break. Do not allow the operator, or any other personnel, on the drill when it is being towed. Before towing, make sure the towline or bar is in good condition and has sufficient strength for the towing situation involved. Use a towing line or bar with a strength of at least 1.5 times the gross weight of the towing machine for towing a disabled drill stuck in mud or when towing on a grade. Attach cable to towing lugs on the frame.
Do not used a chain for towing. A chain link can break, causing possible personal injury. Use a wire rope cable with loop or ring ends. Use an observer in a safe position to stop the towing procedure if the cable starts to break or unravel. Stop towing whenever the pulling machine moves without moving the towed drill. Keep the towline angle to a minimum. Do not exceed 30 angle from the straight ahead line of travel. Sudden machine movement could overload the tow line or bar and cause premature breakage. Gradual and smooth acceleration will minimize breakages of towing components.
5-18
Normally, the towing machine should be as large as the disabled drill and have sufficient braking capacity, weight and power to control both the machine and the disabled drill for the grade and distance involved. To provide sufficient control and braking when moving the disabled drill downhill, a larger towing machine or additional tandem connected machines could be required. This will prevent a runaway or uncontrolled towing operation. All the different situation requirements cannot be given here. Capacities range from minimal towing machine capacity required on smooth, level surfaces and increases to maximum capacity required on inclines and poor surface conditions.
Towing Preparation
1. Place the drill guide in a horizontal position, high enough to clear the ground and low enough to clear all obstacles, such as power lines. 2. Attach the drill to an appropriate towing vehicle using appropriate cable which can be secured in position at the towing lugs on the drill.
WARNING
Do not used a chain for towing. A chain link can break, causing possible personal injury. 3. Block tracks to prevent any movement before releasing brakes or before disconnecting the final gear train. The drill can roll free if it is not blocked. 4. Open both the Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Control valves by pushing them down to the horizontal position.
Disengaging the Final Drive

Prior to disengaging the undercarriage for towing, the drill must be on level ground and completely secured from any movement, i.e. via a tow bar connected to the towing vehicle. The drill must not be moved unless secured to prevent a runaway. Ensure the disengagement process is only performed with the drill standing still. Disengaging the final drive allows the drill to be towed. In other words, the gear box and the hydraulic motor are disengaged from the track when the disengagement mechanism is activated. Disengaging the final drive allows the drill to be towed.
WARNING
The integrated parking brake in the final drive will not function when the final drive is disengaged. Only disengage final drives when the drill is NOT moving.
5-19
WARNING
The gearbox temperature must be checked before any work is done. A recently operated gearbox may be hot and may cause injury.
DANGER
Death or personal injury can result from improperly towing a disengaged drill.
1. Thoroughly clean the area around the final drive prior to disengaging the final drive. Ensure the track shoes above the final drive are clean. No dirt, debris or other contaminates should be allowed to enter the gear drive. 2. Remove the hex head bolts that secure the shift sleeve plate in place.
5-20
3. Turn the plate over and re-install while pressing in the pinion. Re-install the two bolts and tighten them. Torque the bolts to 260 43 IN. LBS. (29.4 4.90 NSm).
Re-engaging the FInal Drive

After the drill has been towed, the final drive will need to be re-engaged. 1. Thoroughly clean the area around the final drive prior to disengaging the final drive. Ensure the track shoes above the final drive are clean. No dirt, debris or other contaminates should be allowed to enter the gear drive. 2. Remove the hex head bolts that secure the shift sleeve plate in place. 3. Turn the plate over and re-install. Re-install the two bolts and tighten them. Torque the bolts to 260 43 IN. LBS. (29.4 4.90 NSm). 4. Start the drill and slowly operate the tram controls to ensure the pinions are reengaged. It is now safe to disconnect the towing devices.
5-21
WATER INJECTION SYSTEM

The Water Injection System is used to suppress dust in the drilling process. The Water Injection Controls includes two valves; an on/off valve and a metering control.
The on/off control valve injects a regulated quantity of water/detergent mix into the drill air stream to aid in collaring prevention and to suppress dust created by the drilling operation. The metering valve adjusts the flow rate of water/detergent mix into the air stream to keep down dust and prevent collaring in the hole. Rotate the valve clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the water flow rate into the air line after the Blow Control Valve Handle has been pushed away from the operator. To use the Vaposol System during any drilling operation: 1. Be sure the Vaposol tank is filled with the water and detergent mixture.
WARNING
Shut down the machine before opening the Water Injection Tank fill valve. Bleed down the air pressure, then open the fill valve slowly to release internal pressure. 2. Open the Water Injection On/Off Control Valve. 3. Once the operator has pushed the Blow Air Control forward during the drilling operation, the operator may adjust the Vaposol. Metering Valve to get the proper dampness into the hole.
5-22
DUST COLLECTOR SYSTEM

General Information
The Dust Collector On/Off Switch operates the dust control system. Push the switch toggle left allows the dust collector to operate automatically whenever the blow (flushing) air is used. Pushing the toggle switch right will operate the dust collector even if blow (flushing) air is not in use. The toggle must be held in this position as it will spring-return to off when released.
Before drilling
1. Check that the dust hood seal to the pickup hood is correctly sealing around the drill steel. Change the dust hood seal if damaged. 2. Check the pickup hood and suction hoses for any blockages. 3. Check the suction hose for sharp bends or crushed areas that can prevent it from supporting itself or blocking air flow.
5-23
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Dust Collector Operation
To use the Dust Collector System during any drilling operation, turn the Dust Collector Switch to the ON position. The Dust Collector will activate automatically when the Blow Air Control is pushed forward during the drilling operation, collecting dirt and dust automatically. The Dust Collector will activate a self cleaning system and empty dirt and dust out of the collector and onto the ground. When drilling through overburden, there is a risk of blockages in the suction hose and pickup hood due to the concentration of heavy and dense material. If a blockage occurs, shut the dust collector off and remove the suction hose from the pickup hood outlet, let the heavy and dense material fall out of the pickup hood, then remove, by hand if necessary, any blockages in the cushion hose. If continual water is noticed in the hole, you should stop the dust collector. If water is not noticed in the hole and filters become clogged with dust and water, the remove the filters and allow them to dry.
5-24
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM

Emergency Stop Switch
Emergency Stop Switches are located at the Main Control Console and the Drill Control Console. Push either of these switches to shut down the machine in the event of an emergency.
5-25
ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION

1. When power is first applied to the PowerView (monitoring system), the display Logo appears. 2. The Wait to Start message will be displayed for engines with a pre--startup sequence. Once the Wait to Start message is no longer displayed the operator may start the engine. Note: Displays only when SAE J1939 message is supported by engine manufacturer. 3. Once the engine has started the single engine parameter is displayed.
Main Menu Navigation

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, touch Menu.
2. The first seven items of the MainMenuwill be displayed. Touching the ArrowButtonswill scroll through the menu selection.
5-26
3. Touching the right arrow button will scroll down to reveal the last items of Main Menu screen highlighting the next item down.
4. Touch the Arrows to scroll to the desiredmenu itemor touch Menu to exit the Main menu and return to the engine parameter display.
Selecting A Language
1. Starting at the main menu display use the Arrows to scroll to the Language menu and once highlighted touch the Enter button.
5-27
2. The language choices will be displayed. Use the Arrow buttons to scroll through the selections and touch Enter to make a selection. 3. Now that the language has been selected, touch the Menu button to return to the main menu display.
Stored Fault Codes

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the Menu button.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until the Stored Fault Codes is highlighted.
5-28
3. Once the Stored Fault Codes menu has been highlighted touch the Enter button to view the Stored Fault Codes.
4. If the word More appears above the Arrow Buttons there are more stored fauld codes that may be viewed. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll to the next Stored Diagnostic Code.
5-29
5. Touch the Menu Button to return to the main menu.
6. Touch the Menu Button to exit the main menu and return to the engine parameter display
Engine Configeration Data

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, touch the Menu Button.
5-30
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until the Engine Configuration is highlighted.
3. Once the Engine Configuration menu item has been highlighted, touch the Enter Button to view the engine configuration data.
4. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the engine configuration data.
5-31
6. Touch the Menu Button to exit the main menu and return to the engine parameter display.
5-32
FAULTS AND WARNINGS

Auxiliary Gauge Fault
1. During normal operation, the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.
2. The PVA Series of auxiliary gauges can be attached to the PowerView. These auxiliary gauges communicate with the Modbus master PowerView via a daisychained RS-485 port. If at any time during system initialization or normal operation an auxiliary gauge should fail, the single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the MLink Gage Fault message.
5-33
3. To achknowledge and Hide the fault and return to the single or four parameter display, touch the Enter Button.
4. The display will return to the single or four parameter screen.
5-34
5. Touching the Enter Button will redisplay the hidden fault. Touching the Enter Button once again will hide the fault and return the screen to the single or four parameter display. NOTE: The fault can only be cleared by correcting the cause of the fault condition.
5-35
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Active Fault Codes
1. During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.
2. When the PowerView receives a fault code from an engine control unit the single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the Active Fault Codes message.
3. The word MORE appears above the Arrow Buttons there are more active fault codes that may be viewed. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll to the next Active Fault Code.
5-36
4. To acknowledge and Hide the fault and return to the single or four parameter display touch the Enter Button.
5. The display will return to the single or four parameter display, but the display will contain the Active Fault warning icon. Touching the Enter Button will redisplay the hidden fault.
6. Touching the Enter Button once again will hide the fault and return the screen to the single or four parameter display.
5-37
7. The single or four parameter screen will display the fault icon until the fault condition is corrected. NOTE: Ignoring active fault codes could result in severe engine damage.
5-38
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Shutdown Codes
1. During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.
2. When the PowerView receives a severe fault code from an engine control unit the single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the Shutdown! message.
3. To acknowledge and Hide the fault and return to the single or four parameter display touch the Enter Button.
5-39
4. The display will return to single or four parameter dispaly, but the display will contain the Shut Down icon. Touching the Enter Button will redisplay the hidden fault.
5. Touching the Enter Button once again will Hide the fault and return the screen to the single or four parameter display.
6. The single or four parameter screen will display the fault icon until the fault condition is corrected NOTE: Ignoring active fault codes could result in severe engine damage.
5-40
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Back light Adjustment
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the Menu Button.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until the Adjust Backlight is lighted.
3. Once the Adjust Backlight menu item has been highlighted touch the Enter Button to activate the Adjust Backlight function.
5-41
4. Use the Arrow Button to select the desired backlight intensity.
6. Touch the Menu Button to exit the Main Menu and return to the engine parameter display.
5-42
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Contrast Adjustment
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until Adjust Contrast is highlighted.
3. Once the Adjust Contrast menu item has been highlighted touch the Enter Button to activate the Adjust Contrast function.
5-43
4. Use the Arrow Buttons to select the desired contrast intensity.
5. Touching the Menu Button will take you back through the menus.
5-44
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Select Units
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the Menu Button.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu until the Select Units is highlighted.
3. Once the Select Units menu item has been highlighted, touch the Enter Button to access the Select Units function
5-45
4. Use the arrows to highlight the desired units. English ro Imerial units i.e. PSI,
F or Metric kPa, Metric Bar for IS units i.e. kPa, Bar, C.
5. Touch the Enter Button to select the highlighted units.
6. Touch the Menu Button to return to the Main Menu.
5-46
7. Touch the Menu Button to exit the Main menu and return to the engine parameter display.
5-47
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Setup 1-Up Display
1. Starting at the single engine parameter display, touch the Menu Button.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until the Setup 1-up Display is highlighted.
3. Once the Setup 1-up Display menu item has been highlighted touch the Enter Button to access the Setup 1-up Display function.
5-48
4. Three positions are available for modification of the 1-Up display. a. Use Defaults - This option contains a set of engine parameters: Engine Hours, Engine RPM, System Voltage, Battery Voltage, Percent Engine Load at Current RPM, Coolant Temperature, Oil Pressure. b. Custom Setup - This option allows for the modification of what parameter, the number of parameters, and the order in which the parameters are being displayed. c. Automatic Setup - Selecting the scan function will cause the 1-Up Display to scroll through the selected set of parameters one at a time, momentarily pausing at each. 5. Use Defaults - To select Use Defaults use the arrow buttons to scrolll to and highlight Use Defaults in the menu display.
6. Touch the Enter Button to activate the Use Defaults function.
5-49
7. A message indicating the Single Engine parameter display parameters are reset to the factory defaults will be displayed, then the display will return to the Custom Setup menu.
8. Custom Setup - To perform a custom setup of the 1-Up Display, use the arrow buttons to scroll to and highlight Custom Setup on the display.
9. Touching the Enter Button will display a list of engine parameters.
5-50
10. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll to and highlight a selected parameter (parameter with a # symbol to the right of it).
11. Touch the Enter Button to deselect the selected parameter removing it from the list of parameters being displayed on the 1-UP Display.
12. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll and highlight the disired parameter that has not been selected for display.
5-51
13. Touch the Enter Button to select the highlighted paremeter for inclusion in the single engine parameter display.
14. Continue to scroll and select additional parameters for the custom 1-Up Display. Touch the Menu Button at any time to return to the Custom Setup menu. 15. Automatic Scan - Selecting the scan function will cause the 1-Up Display to scroll through the selected set of parameters one at a time. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll to the Automatic scan function.
5-52
16. Touching the Enter Button toggles the Automatic Scan function on.
17. Touching the Enter Button again toggles the Automatic Scan function off.
18. Once the Use Defaults, Custom Setup and Automatic Scan functions have been set, touch the Menu Button to return to the main menu.
5-53
5-54
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Setup 4-Up Display
1. From the single or four engine parameter display, touch the Menu Button.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until the Setup 4-Up Display is highlighted.
3. Once the Setup 4-Up Display menu item has been highlighted, touch the Enter Button to activate the Setup 4-Up Display menu.
5-55
4. Touch the Enter Button to activate the Use Defaults function. This action will reset the unit to the factory default.
5. The Use Defaults screen will be dispalyed during the reseting period then will automatically return to the Setup 4-Up Display menu.
6. Select the 4-Up Custom Setup from the 4-Up Setup menu.
5-56
7. The quadrant with the backlit parameter value is the current selected parameter. Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the paremeter value in the quadrant you wish to place a new paremeter.
8. Touch the Enter Button and a list of parameters will appear.
9. The parameter that is highlighted is the selected parameter for the screen. Use the Arrow Buttons to highlight the new parameter to be placed in the quandrant selected in the previous screen.
5-57
10. Touch the Enter Button to change the selected parameter in the quandrant to the new parameter.
11. Use the Menu Button to return to the 4-Up Custom Setup screen.
12. The parameter in the selected quadrant has changed to the parameter selected in the previus screen.
13. Repeat the parameter selection process until all spaces are filled.
5-58
5-59
Utilities (Information and Troubleshooting)

2. The main menu will be displayed. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the menu until the Utilities is highlighted.
3. Once the Utilities menu item has been highlightreed, touch the Enter Button to activate the Utilities functions.
5-60
4. Touch Select to enter the Gage Data display. When Gage Data is selected the PowerView will communicate with the analog gauges at a fixed rate of 38.4k Baud, 8 data bits, no parity check, 1 stop bits, half duplex.
5. Use the Arrow Buttons to scroll through the items or touch Menu to return to the Utilities menu.
6. Touch Menu Button to return to the Utilities menu.
5-61
7. Use the Arrows to highlight Remove All Gages. Touch Select to clear the gage data from memory. It takes a moment to clear all gages.
8. When the gage data has cleared, the display automatically returns to the Utilities menu. Scroll to Software Version. Touch Select to view the software version currently in the PowerView.
9. Touch Menu to return to Utilities. Highlight Fault Conversion using the Arrows. Touch Select to enter the Fault conversion menu.
5-62
10. Use the Arrows to scroll to and highlight the desired version then touch Select. An asterisk denotes which version is currently selected. NOTE: There are four(4) different methods for converting fault codes. The PowerView always looks for J1939 Version 4 and can be set to read the code as one of three (3) other J1939 versions if Version 4 is not being used. Most engine ECUs use Version 4, therefore in most cases adjustment of this menu option will not be required. Upon receiving an unrecognizable fault, change to a different J1939 Version. If the fault SPN does not change when the version is changed, the ECU generating the fault is using Fault Conversion method 4. If the SPN number does change but is still unrecognizable, try changing to another J1939 Version not yet used and continue to check the SPN number.
11. Touch the Menu button to return to Utilities menu. Touch the Menu button again to return to the Main menu.
5-63
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III MODBUS Setup
1. Starting at the single or four engine paramenter display, touch the Menu button.
2. The main menu will be displayed. Use the Arrow buttons to scroll through the menu until the Utilities is highlighted, the touch Enter.
3. Once in the Utilities menu use the Arrows to scroll through the menu until the MODBus Setup menu is highlighted, then touch Enter.
4. Use the Arrows to scroll down to and highlight either the Slave Active or Master Active modes. Touch the Enter button to toggle between master and
5-64

slave.
5. Use the Arrows to scroll to the Serial Port menu to highlight it, then touch Enter.
6. Use the Arrow button to scroll to each selection to configure the MODBUS values for your application.
7. When finished, touch Menu to return to the previous screen.
5-65
SAE J1939 MurphyLink System Implementation of J1939 Paramenters
5-66
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Glossary (Troubleshooting Information)

CANBUS FAILURE
PowerView has not received any CAN messages for at least 30 seconds. NO DATA PowerView has not received the particular message being displayed for at least 5 seconds. NOT SUPPORTED PowerView has received a message from the ECU stating the displayed message is not supported. DATA ERROR PowerView has received an error message from the ECU for the displayed message. EMPTY No parameter selected for this 4-Up quadrant. WAIT TO START PREHEATING This is a message from the engine indicating it is in a preheating cycle. Wait until this message clears before starting the engine. TIMEOUT ECU NOT RESPONDING The ECU did not respond to the PowerView request. NO GAGE DATA The PowerView has no record of connected gages to the RS485 bus. DISPLAY NOT VISIBLE Press and hold the Menu button for approximately 3 seconds.
DRILLING PROCEDURE
General Setup
WARNING
Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelines before you operate the drill. Safety should be the main concern for anyone working on or around the drill. Do not perform any function that could put someone in danger. Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes Approved Hard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do not
5-67
wear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.
WARNING
CAUTION
Before tramming, position the drill guide to clear all obstacles, while maintaining stability. Emergency Stop Switches are located at the Main Control Console and the Drill Control Console. Push either of these switches to shut down the machine in the event of an emergency.
5-68
1. Install Couplings on all Drill Rod prior to loading. 2. With the drill guide in a horizontal position, low enough to load the Drill Rod, use two people to load Drill Rod into the Rod Rack with a Coupling mounted on the end of each rod. Load the rack with the Coupling end toward the top of the guide. 3. Raise the drill guide to a vertical position to ensure the Drill Rod remains in the Rod Rack. 4. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to load the Starter Rod. 5. Screw the Coupling onto the Starter Rod. 6. Load the Starter Rod into the Centralizer, then secure it in place by closing the Centralizer. 7. Move the Drifter down the guide with Slow Feed till it meets the Coupling.
5-69
CAUTION
Always grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting and long tool life. 8. Grease the Striking Bar (Threaded Shank of Drifter). 9. Rotate and Feed the Drifter into the Coupling until the Coupling and Starter Rod are tight. 10. Open the Centralizer and move the Coupling into the Centralizer, then close the Centralizer. 11. Rotate the Drifter until the Coupling and Drifter threads are tight.
12. Open the Centralizer and move the Drill String up the guide until the bottom end of the Starter Rod is just below the Dust hood, then grease the Starter Rod threads.
5-70

13. Screw the Drill Bit onto the Starter Rod. 14. Raise the drill guide to a vertical position.
15. Slow Feed the Drill String down until the Drill Bit is on the ground, then close the Centralizer on the Drill Rod. Rotate the rod until the Drill Bit is tight.
5-71
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drilling
1. Make sure the Rod Rack is loaded with Drill Rod. 2. Start the machine. Tram the machine to the desired location. Once at the desired location, move the Engine Speed Switch to LOW. 3. Turn the Dust Collector Switch to ON. 4. Close both Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Controls.
5-72
5. Push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to raise the Drill String off of the ground.
5-73
6. Position the drill guide and the boom at the desired angle.
7. Ensure the lubricator is adjusted properly. 8. Be sure that the foot piece is planted firmly against the ground or drilling face.When vertical drilling, use the boom and guide controls to apply a down force to lift the tracks off of the ground to a position so that there is clearance under the second track roller. This applies enough weight on the drill guide to prevent it from kicking out while drilling.
CAUTION
The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing or tightening the coupling or drill steel, since it is possible to chip threads when full contact of threads is not made.
WARNING
The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing drill steel. Keep Clear of moving parts.
NOTICE
Always grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting and long tool life. 9. Start forward rotation by pulling the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. 10. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to provide hole cleaning air to the bit. 11. Slowly pull the Slow Feed Control back toward the operator to feed the Drill String down the guide to collar (start) the hole. 12. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to start the drifters hammer action.
5-74
13. Once the hole has been collared, the SlowFeed Control can be pulled all the way out and the hole can be drilled. 14. Depending on the ground conditions, the Slow Feed Pressure Control may need adjustment. 15. After the hole is drilled, place the Slow Feed Control, Rotation Control, Drill (Percussion) Control, and the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) into the neutral (centered) or off position. 16. If a deeper hole is required, see the Adding Drill Rod section that follows. If not, continue to the next step. 17. Slowly pull the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. While the Drill String is rotating, push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to free the Drill Bit from the bottom of the hole. Raise the Drill String out of the hole. Be sure to use forward rotation so the bit will not unscrew. 18. Once the bit is out of the hole, place the Slow Feed Control and the Drill Rotation Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. 19. If drilling a new hole, follow Tramming procedure and move to the next desired location. Repeat steps 4 thru 18. If drilling a deeper hole, go to the next section.
Adding Drill Rod

1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom of the hole. 2. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to give a few short bursts of hammer action to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill (Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. This should be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open and is known as Rattling the Drill String. 3. Slow Feed the Drill String up until the Coupling is in the Centralizer. 4. Close the Centralizer. 5. Push the Rotation Control away from the operator to reverse rotation while slowly feeding the Drifter up to unscrew the Drifter from the Coupling. 6. When the Drifter has disconnected from the Coupling, return the Rotation Control and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. Grease the Striking Bar (threads) of the Drifter.
NOTICE
Always grease all drill string connections for ease of disconnecting and long tool life. 7. Feed the Drifter up of the drill guide just enough to add another Drill Rod.
5-75
8. Remove the next rod from the Rod Rack and place it on top of the Coupling at the Centralizer. 9. Hold the rod in place with one hand and grease the threads on the rod with the other.
CAUTION
The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing or tightening the coupling or drill rod, since it is possible to chip threads when full contact of threads is not made. 10. Slowly pull the Slow Feed Control toward the operator until the Drifter threads make contact with the top Coupling. It will be necessary for the operator to steady the Drill Rod with one hand while slowly feeding the Drifter down.
WARNING
Keep Clear of rotating extension rod and parts. 11. Slowly pull the Rotation Control toward the operator to screw the Drifter into the top of the Coupling. 12. Once the joint is made, leave the Rotation Control in the Forward position, then raise the Drill String a little and open the Centralizer. 13. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to provide hole cleaning air to the bit. 14. Lower the Drill String until the Drill Bit is on the bottom of the hole. 15. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to start the drifters hammer action. 16. The Slow Feed Control can be pulled all the way out and the hole can be drilled. Close the Centralizer after the Coupling passes through. 17. After the hole is drilled, place the Slow Feed Control, Rotation Control, Drill (Percussion) Control, and the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) into the neutral (centered) or off position. 18. If a deeper hole is required, repeat step 1 thru 18 of this section. If the hole is deep enough and Drill Rod is to be removed, go to the next section, Removing Drill Rod.
5-76
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Removing Drill Rod
1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom of the hole. 2. Pull the Drill (Percussion) Control up to give a few short bursts of hammer action to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill (Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. This should be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open and is known as Rattling the Drill String. 3. Slow Feed the Drill String up until the Coupling is in the Centralizer. 4. Close the Centralizer. 5. Push the Rotation Control away from the operator to reverse rotation while slowly feeding the Drifter up to unscrew the Drifter from the Coupling. The Coupling must remain on the drill rod. 6. When the Drifter has disconnected from the Coupling, raise the Drifter so the rod being removed will clear the threads of the Drifter, then return the Rotation Control and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. 7. Carefully unscrew the rod, by hand, from the bottom Coupling and move the rod back to the Rod Rack or a safe place. Ensure the Drill Rod is locked in the Rod Rack. 8. Slowly feed the Drifter down to the Coupling in the Centralizer, the slowly rotate in the forward direction and screw the Drifter threads into the Coupling. 9. Repeat steps 1 thru 8 of this section to remove any remaining Drill Rods except the Starter Rod. Leave the Starter Rod attached to the Drifter.
5-77
DRILLING PROCEDURE WITH AUTOMATIC ROD CHANGER OPTION

Setup
WARNING
Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelines before you operate the drill. Safety should be the main concern for anyone working on or around the drill. Do not perform any function that could put someone in danger. Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes Approved Hard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do not wear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.
WARNING
CAUTION
Before tramming, position the drill guide to clear all obstacles, while maintaining stability. Emergency Stop Switches are located at the Main Control Console and the Drill Control Console. Push either of these switches to shut down the machine in the event of an emergency.
5-78
An ECM-590 drill with the Automatic Rod Changer Option comes with extra controls on the Drilling Control Console to operate the Rod Changer and the Rod Rack Carousel.
5-79
The setup for a drill with an Automatic Rod Changer Option requires loading Drill Rod into a Rod Rack as well as loading a Starter Rod. Atlas Copco recommends three people load the Rod Rack. One person must operate the controls while two people handle the Drill Rods. 1. Place the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Rod Changer ON position.
2. Open the Centralizer.
NOTICE
Always grease all drill string connections for ease of disconnecting and long tool life.
5-80
3. Grease the threads of the Drifters Striking Bar. 4. Move the Drifter down to Centralizer end of the drill guide. 5. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to load the Drill Rod. Use two people to load a Drill Rod into the Centralizer with a Coupling mounted on the end of the rod. Screw the Drill Rod and Coupling onto the Drifters Striking Bar. 6. Feed the Drifter up a foot or two and close the Centralizer onto the Drill Rod. 7. Feed the Drifter up high enough to attach the Rod Changer Arms onto the Drill Rod. Attach the Rod Changer Arms with Soft Clamp. 8. Feed the Drifter up far enough for the bottom of the Drill Rod to be above the Bottom Plate of the Rod Rack Carousel. 9. Unscrew the Drifters Striking Bar from top Coupling. 10. Raise the Drifter a little to move it away from the Coupling. 11. Pull the Slide Control back to retract the Rod Changer with the Drill Rod in it. 12. Pull the Swing Control back to swing the Drill Rod into the Carousel. 13. Push the Slide Control forward to extend the Drill Rod into the Star of the Carousel. 14. Continue to push the Slide Control forward until the Carousel rotates to lock the Drill Rod between the Bottom Plate and the Top Plate. 15. Repeat steps 2 thru 16 until the Rod Rack Carousel is full. 16. Install the Starter Rod (with a Coupling on the Drifter end of the Rod) into the Centralizer. 17. Close the Centralizer onto the Starter Rod below the Coupling. 18. Screw the Starter Rod onto the Striker Bar of the Drifter. 19. Raise the Dust hood. 20. Move the Starter Rod up until the threads are below the Dust hood. Grease the threads. 21. Screw a Drill Bit onto the Starter Rod. 22. Raise the drill guide to a vertical position. 23. Slow Feed the Drill String down until the Drill Bit is almost on the ground. Ensure the 24. Centralizer is closed onto the Drill Rod. Rotate the Rod and slowly feed down until the Drill Bit is on the ground. Continue Rotation until the Drill Bit is tight.
5-81
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drilling
1. Make sure the Rod Rack is loaded with Drill Rod. 2. Start the machine. Tram the machine to the desired location. Once at the desired location, move the Engine Speed Switch to LOW 3. Turn the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to Dust Collector ON. 4. Close both Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Controls.
5-82
5. Push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to raise the Drill String off of the ground.
5-83
6. Position the drill guide and the boom at the desired angle.
7. Ensure the lubricator is adjusted properly. 8. Be sure that the foot piece is planted firmly against the ground or drilling face. When vertical drilling, use the boom and guide controls to apply a down force to lift the tracks off of the ground to a position so that there is clearance under the second track roller. This applies enough weight on the drill guide to prevent it from kicking out while drilling.
CAUTION
The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing or tightening the coupling or drill steel, since it is possible to chip threads when full contact of threads is not made.
WARNING
The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing drill steel. Keep Clear of moving parts.
NOTICE
Always grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting and long tool life. 9. Start forward rotation by pulling the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. 10. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to provide hole cleaning air to the bit. Turn on the Water Injection if material to be drilled requires it. 11. Slowly pull the Slow Feed Control back toward the operator to feed the Drill String down the guide to collar (start) the hole.
5-84
12. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to start the drifters hammer action. 13. Once the hole has been collared, the SlowFeed Control can be pulled all the way out and the hole can be drilled. 14. Depending on the ground conditions, the Slow Feed Pressure Control may need adjustment. 15. After the hole is drilled, place the Slow Feed Control, Rotation Control, Drill (Percussion) Control, and the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) into the neutral (centered) or off position. 16. Raise the Dust hood. 17. If a deeper hole is required, see the Adding Drill Rod section that follows. If not, continue to the next step. 18. Slowly pull the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. While the Drill String is rotating, push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to free the Drill Bit from the bottom of the hole. Raise the Drill String out of the hole. Be sure to use forward rotation so the bit will not unscrew. 19. Once the bit is out of the hole, place the Slow Feed Control and the Drill Rotation Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. 20. If drilling a new hole, follow Tramming procedure and move to the next desired location. Repeat steps 4 thru 18. If drilling a deeper hole, go to the next section.
Adding Drill Rod

1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom of the hole. 2. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to give a few short bursts of hammer action to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill (Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. This should be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open and is known as Rattling the Drill String. 3. Slow Feed the Drill String up until the Coupling is in the Centralizer. 4. Close the Centralizer. 5. Push the Rotation Control away from the operator to reverse rotation while slowly feeding the Drifter up to unscrew the Drifter from the Coupling. 6. When the Drifter has disconnected from the Coupling, return the Rotation Control and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. Grease the Striking Bar (threads) of the Drifter.
5-85
NOTICE
Always grease all drill string connections for ease of disconnecting and long tool life. 7. Feed the Drifter up of the drill guide just enough to add another Drill Rod. 8. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Rod Changer ON position. 9. Ensure the Clamp Control is in the HARD CLAMP position. 10. Clamp onto the next Drill Rod in the Rod Rack Carousel. 11. Move the Drill Rod to under the Drifter. 12. Slowly Feed the Drifter down till it touches the Coupling. 13. Start Forward Rotation, then Slow Feed the Drifters Striking Bar into the Coupling. 14. Stop the Forward Rotation. 15. Move the Clamp Control to the SOFT CLAMP position. 16. Slowly Feed the Drill String down until it makes contact with Bottom Coupling. 17. Start Forward Rotation, then Slow Feed the Drill String into the Bottom Coupling. 18. When the Drill String has connected with the Coupling, return the Rotation Control and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. 19. Unclamp the Rod Changer from the Drill Rod and Retract the Slide Control. 20. Move the Swing Control to swing the Rod Changer back to the Carousel. HARD CLAMP onto the next Drill Rod. 21. Open the Centralizer. 22. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Dust Collector ON position. 23. Lower the Dust hood. 24. Start forward rotation by pulling the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. 25. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to provide hole cleaning air to the bit. Turn on the Water Injection if material to be drilled requires it. 26. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to start the drifters hammer action. 27. The Slow Feed Control can be pulled all the way out and the hole can be drilled. 28. After the hole is drilled, place the Slow Feed Control, Rotation Control, Drill (Percussion) Control, and the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) into the neutral (centered) or off position.
5-86

29. Raise the Dust hood.
30. If a deeper hole is required, repeat step 1 thru 29. If not, continue to the Removing Drill Rod section that follows.
5-87
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Removing Drill Rod
1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom of the hole. 2. Pull the Drill (Percussion) Control up to give a few short bursts of hammer action to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill (Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. This should be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open and is known as Rattling the Drill String. 3. Slow Feed the Drill String up until the Bottom Coupling is in the Centralizer. 4. Close the Centralizer.
NOTICE
The top coupling must remain on the upper end of the drill rod. 5. Slowly Reverse Rotation and uNscrew the Drill Rod from the Bottom Coupling. 6. When the Drill Rod is free from the Coupling, feed the Drifter up enough for the bottom of the Drill Rod to be just above the Bottom Plate of the Rod Rack Carousel. 7. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Rod Changer ON position. 8. Unclamp the next Drill Rod or the Stationary Bar in the Carousel. Leave the clamps open. 9. Swing the Rod Changer to the Drill Rod attached to the Drifter, Extend the Slide Control and HARD CLAMP onto the Drill Rod. 10. Move the Sleeve Retainer Control to clamp the Coupling at the top of Drill Rod. 11. Reverse the Rotation Control and unscrew the Drifters Striking Bar from the Coupling. 12. Unclamp the Sleeve Retainer Control, then feed the Drifter up until it is clear of the Coupling. 13. Move the Rotation Control and the Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. 14. Rotate and Slide the Drill Rod into the Carousel. 15. Fast Feed the Drifter to the Bottom of the Drill Guide and screw it into the Coupling in the Centralizer. 16. Repeat steps 1 thru 15 to remove the rest of the Drill Rods.
5-88
MOVING, PARKING, SHUTDOWN, SECURING THE DRILL FOR TRANSPORT

Moving the drill
1. Make sure all drill rod is out of the hole before moving. 2. Do not get on or off the drill when it is moving. 3. Lower the drill guide if moving a long distance. 4. Secure all drill rod and tools before moving the drill. 5. Know the drills height, width, weight and length before moving. 6. Know where your helpers are at all times. Do not move the drill if they are not in view. 7. Know and use proper signals when moving the drill.
Parking the Drill

1. Move drill away from the highwall or face before shutting the drill down for the day. 2. Dont park the drill under an overhang or where a bank can cave in. 3. ALWAYS park the drill on solid, level ground. If this is not possible, always park the drill at a right angle to the slope and chock the wheels. 4. Do not leave the drill over a hole. Remove the drill string from the hole before shutting down for the night. 5. To park the drill, move it to firm, level ground and bring the drill to a complete stop as mentioned above. 6. USE proper flags, barriers and warning devices, especially when parking in areas of heavy traffic.
5-89
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Normal Shutdown
Normal Shutdown describes how the drill is to be shutdown following a drilling operation or work shift. See the Emergency Shutdown subsection which is part of the Engine Shutdown Procedure for shutdown emergency conditions. 1. Raise the drill string out of the hole to clear the cuttings. Keep the string rotating and be sure air is flowing while withdrawing the bit. 2. Stop feed and rotation when the bit reaches the dust hood. 3. Open the drill air throttle control lever (HP Only) to lower air in the standpipe. 4. If the hole is completed, lower the guide and boom. 5. Disconnect any piping, ropes or cables from the drill and store them properly. 6. Move the Engine Throttle (speed selector) switch to LOW idle position for approximately five (5) minutes to allow the engine to cool down. 7. Be sure to relieve all pressures in the systems before leaving the drill. 8. Place all controls in neutral or park position before leaving the drill. 9. AVOID leaving the controls with the engine running. NEVER leave the operators stations while the engine is running. 10. Turn the key switch to the OFF position. 11. Lock the ignition and remove the keys before leaving the operators console. 12. Lock all lockable compartments.
5-90
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Stopping Drill - Emergency Conditions
The emergency stopping procedure for the drill may be very abrupt. This abrupt stop may damage the drill due to potentially high-stress loading on its components. There are two types of emergency shutdowns, one is by the operator pushing the emergency stop button and the other is when one of the shutdown devices on the drill has registered an out of limit condition. If the operator or other personnel are in immediate danger, or if an emergency arises that is not under control of the shutdown devices, such as a fire or other outside caused problem, initiate an emergency stop with the following procedure: Push in the Emergency Stop Button and exit the drill.
NOTICE
If the operator or other personnel are not in immediate danger and preservation of the equipment is the primary concern, proceed as follows: All shutdown devices have gauges that show the operating temperatures or pressure of the system they monitor. The operator should be able to avoid a shutdown condition if he checks the gauges frequently. When one of the emergency stop or shutdown devices is energized, it immediately shuts off fuel to the engine. All engines are energize to run which means there must be power to the fuel valve to allow fuel to flow. If power is lost, the fuel valve closes and stops the engine. Every attempt should be made by the operator to shut the drill down under a Normal Shutdown, if possible, to prevent damage to the drill. When a high pressure compressor is shut down at high pressure, the regulation system causes the air end to become a pressure vessel that will force compressor oil back up into the intake filters when the inlet valve opens. The element will have to be replaced and the tubes cleaned before the drill can be put back in service.
5-91
5-92
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE
6-1
6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

MAINTENANCE SAFETY
WARNING
Improper maintenance can cause severe injury or death. Read and understand the SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES section of this manual before you operate or perform any maintenance, service or repairs.
WARNING
If you are not experienced with the drills controls and instruments, read and understand the OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS section of this manual.
WARNING
Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down the truck engine and deck engine before working on the drill.
MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ost accidents involving product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure to observe basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentially dangerous situations before trouble occurs. Some of the potential problems and ways to prevent them are shown below.
FLUID PENETRATION
Always use a wooden board or cardboard when checking for leaks. Leaking fluid under pressure can cause serious injury or death. If fluid is injected into the skin, see a physician immediately.
6-2
LINES, TUBES and HOSES

Repair any loose or damaged fuel and oil lines, tubes and hoses. Leaks can cause fires. Inspect all lines, tubes and hoses carefully. Do not use your bare hands to check for leaks. Tighten all connections to the recommended torque. Make sure that all clamps, guards and heat shields are installed correctly to prevent vibration, rubbing against other parts and excessive heat during operation. Check for the following: End fittings damaged, leaking or displaced. Outer covering chafed or cut and wire reinforcing exposed. Outer covering ballooning locally. Evidence of kinking or crushing of the flexible part of the hose. Armoring embedded in the outer cover.
BURN PREVENTION
Do not touch any part of an operating engine or its components. Allow the engine to cool before any repair or maintenance is performed. Relieve all pressure in air, oil, fuel or cooling systems before any lines, fittings or related items are disconnected or removed.
COOLANT
Use caution when removing filler cap, grease fittings, pressure taps, breathers or drain plugs. At operating temperature, the engine coolant is hot and under pressure. The radiator and all lines to heaters or the engine contain hot water. When pressure is relieved rapidly, this hot water can turn into steam. Allow cooling system components to cool before draining. Any contact with hot water or steam can cause severe burns. Check the coolant level only after the engine has been stopped and the filler cap is cool enough to remove with your bare hand. Hold a rag over the cap or plug to prevent being sprayed or splashed by liquids under pressure. Remove the cooling system filler cap slowly to relieve pressure. Cooling system additive (conditioner) contains alkali. To prevent personal injury, avoid contact with the skin and eyes and do not drink.
6-3
OILS
Hot oil and components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or components to contact the skin. Keep all exhaust manifold and turbocharger shields in place to protect hot exhaust from oil spray in case of a line, tube or seal failure.
BATTERIES
Battery electrolyte contains acid and can cause injury. Avoid contact with the skin and eyes. Wash hands after touching batteries and connectors. Use of gloves is recommended. Batteries give off flammable fumes, which can explode. Ensure there is proper ventilation for batteries, which are located in an enclosure. Always thaw a frozen battery before jump starting. Frozen batteries can explode. Do not smoke when observing the battery electrolyte levels. Always wear protective glasses when working with batteries. Never disconnect any charging unit circuit or battery circuit cable from the battery when charging unit is operating. A spark can cause the flammable vapor mixture of hydrogen and oxygen to explode.
FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION

Fire may result from lubricating oil or fuel sprayed on hot surfaces causing personal injury and property damage. Inspect all lines and tubes for wear or deterioration. They must be routed, supported or clamped securely. Tighten all connections to the recommended torque. Leaks can cause fires. Determine whether the engine will be operated in an environment in which combustible gases could be drawn through the air inlet system. These gases could cause the engine to overspeed, which in turn could seriously damage the engine and result in bodily injury or property damage. All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Diesel fuel is flammable.Gasoline is flammable. The mixtures of diesel and gasoline fumes are extremely explosive. Do not smoke while refueling or in a refueling area. Do not smoke in areas where batteries are charged, or where flammable materials are stored. Batteries give off flammable fumes which can explode. Keep all fuels and lubricants stored in properly marked containers and away from all unauthorized persons. Store all oily rags or other flammable material in a protective container, in a safe place.
6-4
Do not weld or flame cut on pipes or tubes that contain flammable fluids. Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent before welding or flame cutting on them. Remove all flammable materials such as fuel, oil and other debris before they accumulate on the engine. Do not expose the engine to flames, burning brush, etc., if possible. Shields (if equipped), which protect hot exhaust components from oil or fuel spray in the event of a line, tube or seal failure, must be installed correctly. Provide adequate and proper waste oil disposal.Oil and fuel filters must be properly installed and housing covers tightened to proper torque when being changed. Batteries must be kept clean, covers kept on all cells, recommended cables and connections used and battery box covers kept in place when operating. When starting from an external source, always connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the POSITIVE (+) terminal of the battery of the engine to be started. To prevent potential sparks from igniting combustible gases produced by some batteries, attach the negative () boost ground cable last, to the starter NEGATIVE () terminal (if equipped) or to the engine block. See the Operation Section of this manual for specific starting instructions. Clean and tighten all electrical connections. Check regularly for loose or frayed electrical wires. Refer to maintenance schedules for interval. Have all loose or frayed electrical wires tightened, repaired or replaced before operating the engine. Wiring must be kept in good condition, properly routed and firmly attached. Routinely inspect wiring for wear or deterioration. Loose, unattached, or unnecessary wiring must be eliminated. All wires and cables must be of the recommended gauge and fused if necessary. Do not use smaller gauge wire or bypass fuses. Tight connections recommended wiring and cables properly cared for will help prevent arcing or sparking which could cause a fire.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Have a fire extinguisher available and know how to use it. Inspect fire extinguisher and have it serviced as recommended on its instruction plate.
6-5
CRUSHING OR CUTTING PREVENTION

Support equipment and attachments properly when working beneath them. Never attempt adjustments while the engine is running unless otherwise specified in this manual. Stay clear of all rotating and moving parts. Guards should be in place whenever maintenance is not being performed. Keep objects away from moving fan blades. They will throw or cut any object or tool that falls or is pushed into them. Wear protective glasses when striking objects to avoid injury to your eyes. Chips or other debris can fly off objects when struck. Make sure no one can be injured by flying debris before striking any object.
MOUNTING and DISMOUNTING

Do not climb on, or jump off the drill or stand on components that cannot support your weight. Use an adequate ladder. Always use steps and hand holds when mounting and dismounting with a three-point stance. Clean steps, hand holds and areas of the drill you will be working on or around.
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

Inspect drill for potential hazards. Be sure all protective guards and covers are installed if a drill must be started to make adjustments or checks. To help prevent an accident caused by parts in rotation, work carefully around them. Do not disable or bypass automatic shutoff circuits. They are provided to prevent personal injury and drill damage. Never start an engine with the governor linkage disconnected. Make provisions for shutting off the air or fuel supply to stop the engine if there is an overspeed condition on start-up after performing repair or maintenance to the engine.
6-6
ENGINE STARTING
DO NOT start the engine or move any of the controls if there is a warning tag attached to the controls.Checkwith the person who attached the tag before starting. Make sure no one is working on, or close to the engine or engine driven components before starting it. Always inspect the engine before and after starting. Start the engine only from the operators station. Never short across the starter terminals or the batteries as this could bypass the engine neutral-start system as well as damage the electrical system. Always start the engine according to the required Engine Starting procedure described in this manual to prevent major engine component damage and personal injury. Stop the engine according to the Engine Stopping instructions in the Operation Section to avoid overheating and accelerated wear of the engine components. Only use the Emergency Stop button in an emergency. DO NOT start the engine until the problem necessitating the emergency stop has been located and corrected. On initial startup or overhaul, be prepared to STOP the drill should an overspeed condition occur. This may be accomplished by cutting the fuel and air supply to the engine. Check the jacket water and oil temperature gauges frequently during the operation of jacket water and/or lube oil heaters to ensure proper operation. Diesel engine exhaust contains products of combustion that may be harmful to your health. Always start and operate the engine in a well-ventilated area and, if in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside.
STARTING AIDS
Ether and other starting aids are poisonous and flammable. Do not smoke while changing ether cylinders. Use ether only in well ventilated places. Keep ether cylinders out of the reach of unauthorized persons. Do not store replacement ether cylinders in living areas or in the storage compartment or the cab. Do not store ether cylinders in direct sunlight or at temperatures above 39C (102F). discard cylinders in a safe place. Do not puncture or burn cylinders.
6-7
ENGINE STOPPING
Stop the engine according to the Engine Stopping instructions in the Operation Section to avoid overheating and accelerated wear of the engine components. Only use the Emergency Stop button in an emergency. DO NOT start the drill until the problem is resolved. On initial startup or overhaul, be prepared to STOP the engine should an overspeed condition occur. This may be accomplished by cutting the fuel and air supply to the engine.
WARNING
Improper maintenance can cause severe injury or death. Read and understand the SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES section of this manual before you operate or perform any maintenance, service or repairs. If you are not experienced with the drills controls and instruments, read and understand the OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS section of this manual. Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down the truck engine and deck engine before working on the drill.
6-8
6.2 - REFILL CAPACITIES CHART

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION
The following information is provided to assist the owners and operators of Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Equipment. Further information may be obtained by contacting your Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Equipment Distributor. The following substances are used in the manufacturing of this drill and may be hazardous to health if used incorrectly.
SUBSTANCE
Anti Freeze Hydraulic Oil Engine Lubricating Oil Compressor Oil Preservative Grease Rust Preventative Engine Fuel Battery SAE Gear Oil
PRECAUTION
Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes. Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
The following substances may be produced during the operation of this drill and may be hazardous to health.
SUBSTANCE
Engine Exhaust Fumes Engine Exhaust Fumes Electric Motor Dust (Brushes/ Insulation) Brake Lining Dust
PRECAUTION
Avoid breathing fumes. Avoid buildup of fumes in confined spaces. Avoid breathing in during maintenance. Avoid breathing in during maintenance.
6-9
FUEL AND LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS

General Information
Lubrication is an essential part of preventive maintenance, affecting to a great extent the useful life of the unit. Periodic lubrication of the moving parts reduces to a minimum the possibility of mechanical failures. Different lubricants are needed and some components in the unit require more frequent lubricant than others. Therefore, it is important that the instructions regarding types of frequency of the application be explicitly followed. The lubrication Chart that follows in this section shows those items requiring regular service and the interval at which they should be performed. Details concerning fuel, oil and other lubricants follow the lubrication chart. A regular service program should be geared to the items listed under each interval. These intervals are based on average operating conditions. In the event of extremely severe, dusty or wet operating conditions, more frequent lubrication than specified may be necessary. Specific recommendations of brand and grade of lubricants are not made here due to regional availability, operating conditions and the continual development of improved products. Where questions arise, refer to the component manufacturers manual and a reliable supplier. All oil levels are to be checked with the Drill parked on a level surface and while the oil is cold, unless otherwise specified. On plug type check points, the oil levels are to be at the bottom edge of the check port. All grease fittings are SAE STANDARD unless otherwise indicated. Grease non sealed fittings until grease is seen extruding from the fitting. One ounce (28 grams) of EP-MPG equals one pump on a standard one pound (0.45 kg) grease gun. Over lubrication on non sealed fittings will not harm the fittings or components, but under lubrication will definitely lead to a shorter lifetime. Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with grease fittings (linkages, pins, levers, etc.) should be lubricated with oil once a week.Motor oil, applied sparingly, will provide the necessary lubrication and help prevent the formation of rust. An anti-seize compound may be used if rust has not formed. Otherwise, the component must be cleaned first. Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease gun, or those that have a stuck check ball, must be replaced.
6-10
To prevent minor irregularities from developing into serious conditions, several other services or checks are recommended for the same intervals as the periodic lubrication. 1. Thoroughly wash all fittings, caps, plugs, etc. with a non-flammable, non-toxic cleaning solution before servicing to prevent dirt from entering while performing the service. 2. Lubricants must be at operating temperature when draining. 3. During regular lubrication service, visually check the entire unit with regard to cap screws, nuts and bolts being properly secured. 4. Spot check several capscrews and nuts for proper torque. If any are found loose, a more thorough investigation must be made. 5. If a defect is detected which requires special maintenance service, stop the drill operation until the defect has been corrected. If necessary, contact the local Atlas Copco distributor for assistance.
6-11
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Hydraulic Oil
The quality of the hydraulic oil is important to the satisfactory performance of any hydraulic system. The oil serves as the power transmission medium, system coolant and lubricant. Selection of the proper oil is essential to ensure proper system performance and life. For the specifications and requirements that the hydraulic oil used in this drill should meet, refer to the information below.
HYDRAULIC OIL
Viscosity: 60 SUS minimum at operating temperature 7500 SUS maximum at starting temperature 150 to 225 SUS at 100F (38C) generally 44 to 48 SUS at 210F (99C) Viscosity Index: Aniline Point: API Gravity: 90 minimum -175 minimum 28 minimum Paraffinic oils: 28 or more; Mixed base: 24 to 28; Napthanic or asphaltic base: 24 or less Recommended Additives: Rust and oxidation inhibitors Foam depressant Desirable Characteristics: Stability of physical and chemical characteristics High demulsibility (low emulsibility) for separation of water, air and contaminants Resistance to the formation of gums, sludges, acids, tars and varnishes High lubricity and film strength
6-12
The following are only a few examples of the commercial brand oils meeting specifications for use at temperatures above 10F (-12C).
International Harvester Auto Transmission Fluid Mobil Oil Company Grade AW32 is a general specification.
Tran Mobil DTE 25 Sun Oil 2105
The following are only a few examples of the commercial brand oils meeting specifications for use at temperatures below 10F (-12C).
Auto Transmission Fluid Mobil Oil Company Shell Oil Company
Type F Mobil DTE 13 Tellus T-27
6-13
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Lubricant Oil AND Grease

Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Lubricant
This gear lubricant is compounded to achieve high load carrying capacity and meet the requirements of either API-GL-5 or MIL-L-2105C. Unless otherwise specified, SAE-90 viscosity oil may be used for year round service. Low temperature usage is restricted as follows:
SAE Viscosity No.

75W 80w 85w 90 140 250 Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Grease
Min. Ambient Temp. F.(C.)

-40 (-40) -15 (-26) +10 (-12) +20 (-7) +40 (+5) +50 (+10)
This is a lithium soap base grease with a high load carrying capacity. The following properties are recommended:
Timken OK Load Dropping Point Oil Viscosity Water Resistance
40 lb. minimum 350F (177C) min. 75 SUS minimum at 210F (99C). Excellent
Under normal operating conditions, the following consistency grades are recommended: NLGI No. 0 for subzero Fahrenheit temperatures. NLGI No.1 or No. 2 for ambient temperatures 0-100F (-17.8C -38C). NLGI No. 2 or No. 3 for temperatures over 100F (38C).
6-14
Mobil SHC-630 Bearing AND Gear Lubricant
This gear lubricant provides better thermal and oxidation stability than conventional mineral oils. The lubricant has naturally high viscosity indexes compared to mineral oils, providing lower viscosity at lower temperatures and higher viscosity at higher temperatures.
ISO Viscosity Grade API Gravity Viscosity Index Viscosity: cST at 40C cST at 100C SUS at 100F SUS at 210F
220 31.4 152
217 25.9 1122 127
Engine Lubricating Oil

For latest applicable engine lubricating oil specifications, contact the engine manufacturer, distributor or your local Atlas Copco distributor.
6-15
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Cummins Fuel Oil
Cummins diesel engines have been developed to take advantage of the high energy content and generally lower cost of No. 2 Diesel Fuels. Experience has shown that a Cummins diesel engine will also operate satisfactorily onNo.1 fuels or other fuels within the specifications shown in following table.
CUMMINS FUEL OIL SPECIFICATION TABLE

Viscosity (ASTM D-445) Cetane Number (ASTM D-613) 1.3 to 5.8 centistokes per second at 104F (1.3 to 5.8 mm per second at 40C) 40 minimum (exception: in cold weather or in service with prolonged idle, a higher cetane number is desirable) Not to exceed 1 percent by weight Not to exceed 0.1 percent by volume Not to exceed 0.25 percent by weight on 10 percent volume residue At least 125F (52C) or legal temperature if higher than 125F (52C) 30 to 42F (-1 to 6C) API gravity at 60F (16C) (0.816 to 0.876 Sp. Gr.) 10F (6C) below lowest ambient temperature at which the fuel is expected to operate Copper strip corrosion not to exceed No. 2 rating after 3 hours at 122F (49C) Not to exceed 0.02 percent by weight The distillation curve must be smooth and continuous. At least 90 percent of the fuel must evaporate at less than 725F (385C).
Sulfur Content (ASTM D-129 or 1552) Water and Sediment (ASTM D1796) Carbon Residue (Ramsbottom, ASTM-D-524 or Conradson, ASTM D-189) Flash Point Density (ASTM D-287) Cloud Point (ASTM D-97) Active Sulfur Ash (ASTM D-482) Distillation (ASTM D-86)
6-16
REFILL CAPACITIES AND FILTER ELEMENTS CHARTS

Refill Capacities
APPROXIMATE REFILL CAPACITIES COMPONENT SYSTEMS

Hydraulic Tank Separator Tank Final Drive Lubricator Water Injection Tank Engine Cooling System Engine Oil Fuel Tank 55 gallons (208 liters) 9 gallons (34 liters) 64 ounces (1.89 liters) 3/4 quart (.7 liters) 40 gallons (151.4 liters) 12.5 gallons (47.3 liters) (50% water/50% anti-freeze) 24 quarts (6 gallons) (22.71 liters) 100 gallons (378.5 liters)
QUANTITY
6-17
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Filter Elements and Kits
FILTER ELEMENTS AND KITS LOCATION QTY

Air Cleaner Kits Engine Air Cleaner Elements: Secondary Safety Element Primary Element Compressor Air Cleaner Elements: Secondary (Safety) Element Primary Element Dust Collector Air Filter Elements (Standard) Dust Collector Air Filter Elements (Heavy Duty) Heavy Duty Kit (Includes 1 - 51943330 Element and 1 - 51943348 bolt). 2 Each 2 Each 2 Each 1 Each 35328442 35318252 51793396 51943330 52146958 1 Each 35355353 35355395
PART NUMBER
Filters / Elements Cummins Tier III Engine Engine Oil Filter Element Fuel Filter Water/Coolant Filter Element Air Compressor Oil Filters Separator Element Hydraulic System Hydraulic Fluid Filter Elements Hydraulic Tank Filter, Breather 2 1 51608503 51790517 1 1 51302214 36723666 1 1 1 57752990 57743916 51355329
6-18
FLUID SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Compressor Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Recommendations
6-19
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Rock Drill Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Final Drive Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Grease Recommendations
Anti-Freeze Recommendations
6-20
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Rock Drill Oil Specifications
Characteristic
Viscosity: SUS at 100F (38C) SUS at 210F (99C) cST at 104F (40C) cST at 212F (100C) Pour Point, F (C) max. Flash Point,F (C) min. Viscosity Index, min. Steam Emulsion No. min. Consistency Falex Load Test lbs (kg) [min] Timken E.P. Test lbs (kg) [min]
Test Procedure
Below 20F(-7C)
20F to 90F(-7C to 32C)
Above 90F (32C)
ASTM-2161 ASTM-2161 ASTM-D445 ASTM-D445 ASTM-D97 ASTM-D92 ASTM-D2270 ASTM-193565
175 min. 46 min. 37 min. 6 min. -10F (-23C) 370F (188C) 90 1200 Stringy
450 min. 65 min. 105 min. 11 min. -10F (-23C) 400F (204C) 90 1200 Stringy 2000 lbs (907kg) 30 lbs (14 kg)
750 min. 85 min. 160 min. 16 min. -0F (-18C) 450F (232C) 90 1200 Stringy 2000 lbs (907kg) 30lbs(14kg)
ASTM-D2670 ASTM-D2782
2000 lbs (907kg) 30 lbs (14 kg)
6-21
6.3 - SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Read and understand the Safety Information, warnings and instructions before operation or maintenance procedures are performed. The maintenance schedule in this section shows those items requiring regular service and the intervals at which they should be performed. A regular service program should be geared to the items listed under each interval. These intervals are based on average operating conditions. In the event of extremely severe, dusty or wet operating conditions, more frequent maintenance than specified may be necessary. Before each consecutive interval is performed, all of the maintenance requirements from the previous interval must also be performed.
NOTICE
Refer to the Actual Manufacturers Operation and Maintenance Manual for the Maintenance Schedules and procedures for the Deck Engine.
NOTICE
Refer to the Actual Manufacturers Service Maintenance Manual for Maintenance Schedule and procedures for the Carrier.
6-22
WALK AROUND INSPECTION

Before every shift and prior to starting the drill, a walk around inspection of the overall drill should be performed. This is in addition to the 10 hour daily routine maintenance procedures. Performance of this inspection can result in longer life and maximum productivity from the drill.
Walk Around Inspection Description

Walkaround Inspection Hydraulic System Compressor System Coolant System Fuel System General Checks
Action
Check the condition of components and look for obvious problems
Remarks
See Walk Around Inspection information in the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS section of this manual
6-23
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL SCHEDULE

Use the hourmeter as a guide when servicing the machine or drifter. The hourmeter indicates the total number of hours the machine has been in operation. Before each consecutive interval is performed, all of the maintenance requirements from the previous interval must also be performed. Maintenance intervals are based on normal operating conditions. When operating under severe condition (such as very dusty air), the maintenance intervals should be shortened.
WARNING
Before performing any service on the machine, ensure the machine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.
6-24
SERVICE INTERVAL CHARTS
6-25
6-26
6.4 - 5 AND 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

SERVICE EVERY 5 HOURS
Fill Fronthead Lubricator
To add rock drill oil to the Lubricator, hold the metal guard and glass bowl and twist the locking ring to remove. Fill the glass bowl to 1/2 inch (12.7mm) below the top of the bowl. The lubricator takes approximately 3/4 quart (.7l) of rock drill oil when empty. Refer to Refill Capacities Section for the proper type of rock drill oil to be used, and for the proper viscosity of rock drill oil to use during different weather conditions. Be sure that the lubricator is filled with rock drill oil. Shut down the machine before loosening or removing the lubricator bowl. Remove slowly to release internal air pressure. Turn the lubricator adjustment screw on the lubricator in a clockwise direction until the lubricator adjustment screw is completely closed (finger tight only). Open the lubricator adjustment screw 1-1/4 turns. To determine if the drifter lubricator adjustment screw is properly adjusted, check the discharged air at the drill exhaust port. Place a white piece of paper 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) from the exhaust port for 2 to 5 seconds. If a slight amount of oil adheres to the paper, it indicates that the drifter lubricator adjustment valve is adjusted properly. Do not flood the drill with oil. Allow a few minutes for the air to circulate between valve adjustments. The drifter must receive adequate lubrication, but must not be over lubricated. Over lubrication
6-27
causes dieseling which destroys the lubricant. It results in scored cylinders, pistons, piston stem bearings, and damage to other internal parts. Frequently check the lubrication setting of both lubricator valves during drilling operations. The flow of oil is affected by changes in ambient temperature, and pressure. Readjust the lubricator as required. Refer to Table 7 of this Section for the proper type of rock drill oil to be used, and Table 8 for the proper viscosity of rock drill oil to use during different weather conditions. Check the Lubricator oil level every 5 hours. If needed refill the Lubricator.
6-28

Check Radiator Coolant
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot engine. Wait until the temperature is below 120F (50C) before removing the pressure cap. Failure to do so can result in personal injury from heated coolant spray or steam. Remove the filler cap slowly to relieve coolant system pressure.
Radiator Coolant Level

The coolant level must be checked daily as part of the 10 hour routine maintenance procedure. Ensure the coolers are not too hot to touch.
1. Check engine coolant level. The coolant level should be maintained so fluid can be seen in the sight glass. If coolant is low, add through filler cap.
NOTICE
If the coolant level is below the minimum level, the low level probe will activate the engine shutdown. In the case of repeated low level shutdowns, call for service to investigate cause of coolant loss.
6-29
2. Makeup coolant added to the engine must be mixed with the correct proportions of antifreeze, supplemental coolant additive (SCA), and water to avoid engine damage. It must be used year round in all climates.
NOTICE
Refer to Cooling Recommendations and Specifications in this section for more details on coolant. Also refer to engine manual.
CAUTION
Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. Engine castings can be damaged. Allow the engine to cool to below 120F (50C) before adding coolant.
3. A refractometer must be used to accurately measure the freeze point of the coolant. 4. Do not use a floating ball hydrometer. Floating ball hydrometers can give an incorrect reading.
6-30
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Cooling System Sealing Additives
Never use a sealing additive to stop leaks in the coolant system. The use of sealing additives will: Build up in coolant low flow areas Clog coolant filters Plug radiator and oil cooler
This can result in coolant system plugging and inadequate coolant flow causing the engine to overheat.
Cooling System Soluble Oils
Do not use soluble oils in the cooling system. The use of soluble oils will: allow cylinder liner pitting corrode brass and copper damage heat transfer surfaces damage seals and hoses
6-31
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Clean Radiator AND Oil Cooler(s)
NOTICE
If the drill has suffered leaks of oil or fuel, dirt will tend to adhere to the cooling fins of the radiator and hydraulic oil cooler. This accumulation of dirt will reduce the cooling efficiency. Therefore, any leaks of oil or fuel should be immediately repaired and cooling surfaces given a thorough cleaning. Check every 10 hours or daily for signs of clogging on the exposed cooling fins on the combined radiator, compressor oil and hydraulic oil coolers as part of the routine maintenance procedure.
WARNING
When using compressed air, water jets or steam cleaning methods, ensure that appropriate protective clothing is worn to protect eyes and exposed parts of the body. 1. If clogging is dried on dirt, use liquid or dry air to remove from the cooling fins. If dry dust is present, use low pressure compressed air to clean. 2. In case of severe clogging due to fluid leaks, apply diesel fuel or a commercial cleaning detergent. Let it soak in and then wash off with water jet.
6-32
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Check Engine Oil
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot components to contact the skin. Check the engine oil level daily by viewing the dipstick. Perform this maintenance with the engine shut off. 1. The drill must be on a level, stable surface when checking the oil level to be sure the measurement is correct. 2. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off the engine to check the oil level. This allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Pull out the dipstick (oil level gauge), wipe it clean with a lint free dry cloth and push the dipstick back in. 4. Pull out the dipstick again and check the oil level on the dipstick.
6-33
5. Maintain the oil level between the L (low) mark and H (high) mark on the oil level gauge (dipstick). Do not fill the crankcase above the HIGH mark.
CAUTION
Never operate the engine with the oil level below the L (low) mark or above the H (high) mark. 6. Remove the oil filler cap and add oil, if necessary. (Refer to the Lubricant Specifications for details on engine oil.) 7. Clean the oil filler cap and reinstall. 8. Repeat process and check oil level again after engine has run for about 1 minute.
6-34
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Engine Belts AND Tensioner
Under normal operating conditions, the engine drive belts should be inspected daily. Belt damage can be caused by: Incorrect tension, Incorrect size or length, Pulley misalignment, Incorrect installation, Severe operating environment and Oil or grease on the belts. Adjust the belt tension in order to minimize belt slippage. Belt slippage will decrease the life of the belts. If the belts are too loose, the belts will vibrate. This vibration is enough to cause unnecessary wear on the belts and on the pulleys. Unnecessary stresses are placed upon the pulley bearings and upon the belts that are too tight. These stresses will shorten the life of the belts and of the pulley bearings.
Drive Belts Inspection
To maximize the engine performance, visually inspect the belts for tension, wear, breaks, cracks or other damage. Replace belts that are cracked or frayed. Adjust belts that have a glazed or shiny surface which indicates belt slippage. Correctly installed and tensioned belts will show even pulley and belt wear.
1. Remove the belt guard to check the belt tension or to replace belts. 2. Measure the belt tension in the center span of the pulleys.
NOTICE
See the Belt Tension Chart in the OEM Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the belt width used.
6-35
3. An alternate method (deflection method) can be used to check belt tension by applying 25 lbs (110 N) force midway between the pulleys on v-belts. If the deflection is more than one (1) belt thickness per foot of pulley center distance, the belt must be adjusted. As a general rule, a correctly adjusted belt will deflect 1/2 to 3/4 (13mm to 19mm).
Engine Alternator Drive Belt
1. Loosen up the alternator and the adjusting link mounting capscrews.
NOTICE
The Adjusting Link Screws lower jam nut has left-hand threads. 2. Loosen up the jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
6-36
3. Turn adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt tension.
4. Tighten jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
NOTICE
The Adjusting Link Screws lower jam nut has left-hand threads. 5. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews to a torque value of 40 ft/lbs. (55Nm).
6. Check the belt tension again to be sure it is correct. Belt tension must be 150 ft./lb (670Nm).
6-37
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Water Pump Drive Belt
1. Loosen the locknut which secures the idler pulley to the water pump. 2. Turn the adjusting screw to adjust the belt tension.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the belt tension to full value with the adjusting screw. Belt tension can increase when the lock nut is tightened and, therefore, reduce belt and bearing life.
3. Secure idler pulley in position by tightening the lock nut to 50 ft./lb (70Nm). 4. Loosen up the adjusting screw 1/2 turn to prevent breakage. 5. Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary. 6. Ensure that the belt guard is replaced and secured properly.
6-38
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Drive Belts Replacement
NOTICE
When a drive uses two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set. 1. Loosen up the adjusting mechanism and move the pulley centers as close together as possible. The belts can then be installed without excessive force. 2. To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the pulley or pry it on with a tool.
NOTICE
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart in your OEM Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the belt width.
6-39
3. Pulley misalignment must not exceed 1/16 inch for each 12 inches (6mmfor each meter) of distance between pulley centers.
4. Belts must not touch the bottom of the pulley grooves, not must they protrude over 3/32 inch (3mm) above the top edge of the groove. 5. When a drive uses two or more belts, the belt riding depth must not vary over 1/16 inch (2mm) between the belts. 6. Ensure that the belt guard is replaced and secured properly. 7. If new belts are installed, check the tension again after 30 minutes of engine operation at the rated rpm.
6-40
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Check Compressor Oil Level
Check the compressor oil level in the receiver tank every 10 hours or daily. A loss of compressor oil could be an indication of excess oil carryover with the compressed air and would require a separator element change.
WARNING
Do not attempt to open the filler plug, any drain plugs or the drain valve before making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system. High Pressure can cause severe injury or death
1. Check the oil level with the level gauge on the receiver separator tank 2. If necessary, add fresh, clean synthetic oil (filtered through a 10 micron filter) through the fill cap area to bring level to FULL.
6-41
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Hydraulic Oil Level
NOTICE
Dirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. A clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drills proper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic system to ensure its complete cleanliness. When operating, the oil level must be between the maximum and minimum. The hydraulic reservoir oil level must be checked daily as part of the 10 hour routine maintenance procedure.
1. Check the Hydraulic Oil Level by viewing the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator located behind the Main Control Console.
6-42
2. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted positions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to observe and note the following information when reading the level gauge: a.The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted should be between the FULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge. b.The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND also when the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all times. Add oil to bring to levels defined above.
NOTICE
If no oil is showing on the gauge, stop the engine immediately and call for service assistance to investigate the cause of oil loss.
CAUTION
Excessive hydraulic oil can rupture the sealed hydraulic tank and cause injury or property damage. Do not fill hydraulic tank with hydraulic cylinders extended. Retract all cylinders and fill tank to indicated level.
3. If necessary, add clean hydraulic oil with the Fill Pump. Remove the Protective Cap and the Fill Connection and connect the fill hose. Hand pump the oil into the reservoir until the level is at the HIGH mark on the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator. Refer to Lubricant Specifications for details on hydraulic oil.
6-43
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drain Fuel Sediment
Water in the fuel can cause the engine to run rough. If the fuel has been contaminated with water, the element should be changed before the regularly scheduled interval of 250 hours.
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine, extinguish all open flames and do not smoke while draining fuel filters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel immediately.
WARNING
Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire. To help prevent possible injury, turn the start switch off when changing fuel filters or water separator elements. The manufacturer requires that a fuel-water separator or fuel filter and water separator be installed in the fuel supply system. Drain the water and sediment from the separator daily.
NOTICE
The water and sediment may contain petroleum products. Please consult the local environmental agency for recommended disposal guidelines.
1. Shut off the engine.
6-44
2. Place a suitable container under the fuel filter-water separator to collect any excess escaping fuel when draining. 3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwise about 4. 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of water and any sediment until the clear fuel is visible (about 1 cup). 5. Turn the valve clockwise approximately 2-1/2 turns to close the drain valve.
CAUTION
Do not over-tighten the valve. It can damage the threads.
6-45
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drain Dust Collector
As compressed air moves through the Dust Collector, condensation can build up, especially when the weather is humid or damp. Condensation is collected in two areas of the Dust Collector. One is at the Air Regulator and the other is the Pulse Air Tank.
Turn the Air Regulator Condensation Drain counter-clockwise for 1.5 to 2 turns to allow the moisture to drain. Turn the Pulse Air Tank Condensation Drain counter-clockwise until moisture begins to drain. When moisture no longer drains from these two areas, turn the drains clockwise until they are closed.
6-46
Drain Compressor Unloader Condensation

As compressed air moves through the Compressor Unloader Valve, water condenses and must be drained daily, especially when the weather is humid or damp. If water is allowed to condense into the compressor oil, the bearing life will be considerably reduced. Condensation is removed from the system by opening the Compressor Unloader Valve Drain. Before draining the water from the Compressor Unloader Valve, shut down the machine.
1. Locate and open the drain and allow any of the accumulated water to drain into a container. 2. When oil starts to flow, close drain. 3. Dispose of all accumulation in accordance with local regulations.
Loose or Frayed Hoses

Daily or Every 10 Hours, do an overall check for loose or frayed hoses. A frayed hydraulic hose can instantly break open; spraying hot hydraulic fluid on a person; causing severe burns. Always replace a worn or damaged hose immediately.
Loose Nuts and Bolts

Check daily for loose nuts and bolts.All nuts and bolts must be kept properly tightened at all times.
6-47
Examine Drill Rods, Coupling, Drill Bits and the Striking Bar
The bits, drill rods and couplings, and the striking bar must be checked for wear, cracks and damage. Any one of these problems should be corrected right away. The bits should also be checked formissing carbides. If the striking bar needs to be replaced, refer to the drifter instruction manual for proper replacement.
Grease Guide Sprockets
6-48
6.5 - 50 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
6-49
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Lubricate All Grease Fittings
Grease all Grease Fittings every 50 hours. Use the Hour Meter on the Main Control Console as a guide when servicing the drill or drifter. The Hour Meter indicates the total number of hours the machine has been in operation. Maintenance intervals are base of normal operating conditions. Severe operating conditions will require shorter maintenance intervals. Under severe conditions, grease all Grease Fittings prior to 50 hours if necessary.
Check Air Cleaner Restriction
When the Visual Restriction Indicator on the inlet tube shows red, a restriction has occurred. This usually means the filters are dirty. A RED indicator requires opening the air cleaners and cleaning or replacing the elements.
NOTICE
Never leave the air cleaner open longer than necessary. The air cleaner is the dry type with two elements: A primary element that is replaceable and can be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never cleaned. There are two Air Cleaner assemblies on the ECM-590. One is the Compressor Air Cleaner and the other is the Engine AIr Cleaner.
6-50
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Compressor Air Cleaner
WARNING
Before performing any service on the air cleaners, ensure the machine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.
6-51
1. Clean around the edges of the Compressor Air Cleaner cover to prevent dirt from entering the Air Compressor. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut and Cover.
2. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut, then pull out the Primary Element.
6-52
3. Inspect the seal on the Primary Element. Replace the Primary Element if the seal looks worn or damaged.
4. Thoroughly wipe clean the inside of the housing BEFORE removing the Safety (Secondary) Element. 5. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut, then pull out the Safety (Secondary) Element.
6-53
6. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Safety (Secondary) Element. If seal looks worn or damaged, replace the Safety (Secondary) Element.
7. The safety element should be replaced at this time if: Examination of the removed primary element reveals a torn or perforated element. Change safety element after three primary element changes or 1 year duration. Change safety element as indicated by the Safety Element Restriction Indicator. Change safety element if the air cleaner visual restriction indicator is RED after servicing the primary element. 8. Clean the inside of the cover and the housing with a clean, damp cloth. 9. To clean the primary element, perform the following: a. To dry clean the element, carefully direct compressed air (not to exceed 100 psi or 5 bar pressure) at an angle onto the inside surface of the element from no closer than 1 inch from the filter.
6-54
b.To wet clean the element, soak for 15minutes in lukewarm water, not exceeding 160F (71C),mixed with a commercially available detergent. Rinse till water runs clear (40 psi maximum). After the cleaning, the element must be thoroughly dry before using. Do not use compressed air to dry element.
NOTICE
Replace the primary element after six cleanings or annually, whichever comes first. You will probably find that the carrier engine uses a vacuator valve on the air cleaner that is mounted outside on the back side of the carrier cab. 10. Carefully install the cleaned or new primary element and secure it with the wing nut and washer. 11. Install the dust cover. 12. Inspect all air intake piping and joints between the air cleaners and the engine air and the compressor air inlets to ensure that no dusty air can enter. 13. Ensure all clamps are tight.
6-55
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Engine Air Cleaner
WARNING
Before performing any service on the air cleaners, ensure the machine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.
6-56
1. Clean around the edges of the Compressor Air Cleaner cover to prevent dirt from entering the Air Compressor. 2. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut.
3. Loosen and remove the Primary Element. Be aware that the Seal and Cover are attached to the Primary Element
6-57
4. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Primary Element. If seal looks worn or damaged, replace the Primary Element.
5. Thoroughly wipe clean the inside of the housing BEFORE removing the Safety (Secondary) Element.
6. Inspect the safety element restriction indicator (Safety Signal). If the indicator is RED, replace the safety element. NOTE: Make sure the safety element wing nut is tight. Never attempt to clean a safety element. You must change the safety element after three primary element changes or as indicated by the Safety Service Indicator.
6-58
7. The safety element should be replaced at this time if: Examination of the removed primary element reveals a torn or perforated element. Change safety element after three primary element changes or 1 year duration. Change safety element as indicated by the Safety Element Restriction Indicator. Change safety element if the air cleaner visual restriction indicator is RED after servicing the primary element. 8. Clean the inside of the cover and the housing with a clean, damp cloth. 9. To clean the primary element, perform the following: a. To dry clean the element, carefully direct compressed air (not to exceed 100 psi or 5 bar pressure) at an angle onto the inside surface of the element from no closer than 1 inch from the filter.
b. To wet clean the element, soak for 15 minutes in lukewarm water, not exceeding 160F (71C),mixed with a commercially available detergent. Rinse till water runs clear (40 psi maximum). After the cleaning, the element must be thoroughly dry before using. Do not use compressed air to dry element.
NOTICE
Replace the primary element after six cleanings or annually, whichever comes first.
6-59
10. Carefully install the cleaned or new primary element and secure it with the wing nut and washer. 11. Install the dust cover. 12. Inspect all air intake piping and joints between the air cleaners and the engine air and the compressor air inlets to ensure that no dusty air can enter. 13. Ensure all clamps are tight.
Vacuator Valves
On filters equipped with vacuator valves, the dust cup service is cut to a minimum. A quick check to see that the vacuator valve is not inverted, damaged or plugged is all that is necessary.
6-60
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Air Cleaner Service Tips
Follow these simple service tips. Youll keep your air cleaners working at their best to protect your engines and compressor continuously. 1. To begin with, let restriction levels be your guide. Use a Restriction Indicator.
2. Service elements only when the restriction reaches the service level recommended by the engine or equipment manufacturer. Its only above that point that air cleaner restriction begins to reduce performance levels.
6-61
3. If the engine or compressor performance is poor, but restriction is still within limits, dont change that element!. The air cleaner is probably not at fault.
4. To get extra service hours out of each filter element, make sure the air inlet is away from any heavy dust clouds caused by operation. And make sure exhaust carbon cannot enter the air cleaner. 5. Check to see that all connections are tight and leak-free and that breakaway joints, both intake and exhaust, are aligned and sealing.
6. Make sure that the vacuator valve, on air cleaners so equipped, is not plugged. Is the cup joint sealing? This should take care of most air cleaner related
6-62
performance problems.
7. When restriction readings finally indicate a change, remove the primary element very carefully. Use a damp cloth to wipe out all the excess dust in the air cleaner.
8. If you reuse the elements, clean them with care. Rapping, tapping or pounding dust out of them is dangerous. Severe damage to the filter will result.
6-63
9. A thorough cleaning with air or water is recommended in many cases. But be careful. Too much pressure can break the filter paper and destroy the element.
10. Carefully check new or properly cleaned elements for damage before installing.
11. Never attempt to clean a safety element. Change safety elements only after three primary element changes or as indicated by a safety signal service indicator.
12. Make it a habit not to disturb the element until restriction again reaches the service limit.
6-64
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Clean Pre-Cleaners
There are two Pre-Cleaners on the ECM-590 Drill. One Pre-Cleaner is for the Engine Intake and the other Pre-Cleaner is for the Compressor Intake Pre-Cleaner. The Pre-Cleaners are located on top of the enclosure.
WARNING
Before performing any service on the air pre-cleaners, ensure the machine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement. Ensure the engine is off prior to cleaning the Pre-Cleaners. Use Compressed Air to blow dirt from the Pre-Cleaners.
6-65
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Hydraulic Filter Restriction
It is important to monitor the filters Restriction Indicator sight glass during the 50 Hour Service Interval by the operator. If the indicator window shows RED, then the filter elements require replacement. If the window shows GREEN, the filters are satisfactory.
NOTICE
Dirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. A clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drills proper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic system to ensure its complete cleanliness.
WARNING
Do not attempt to service the filters before making sure all the hydraulic pressure has been relieved from the system. When restriction indicates that element servicing is required, proceed in the following manner for these filters:
NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure fluids are contained during any inspection or work is performed on this component. Handle and dispose of fluids according to local regulations and mandates. 1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulic
6-66
fluid.
2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below 120F. 3. Wipe all external dirt and oil from the filter and head area to minimize contamination from entering the system. 4. Place a container under the oil filters to prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground.
5. Unscrew the filter elements from the filter head and properly discard them. 6. Screw the new filter elements onto the filter head. 7. Check the hydraulic tank for the proper level of hydraulic oil. 8. Start the drill for a few minutes to allow oil to flow through the new filter elements. 9. Re-check the indicator to ensure the indicator is now green.
6-67
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Feed Chain Tensioning
Because it will stretch with use, it is necessary to make periodic adjustments to the feed chain. If the feed chain is loose or slack (the chain has more than 1/2 inch play), adjust the Tensioning Cylinder until the chain has less than 1/2 inch play.
1. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to mount the Grease Adapter to the top of the drill guide.
6-68
2. An adapter is supplied with the drill in the Ship Kit.Mount this adapter onto a grease gun. 3. Slide the adapter over the Tensioning Cylinder Grease Port. 4. Pump the Grease Gun until the Tension Cylinder moves and tightens the Feed Chain. 5. Adjust the Feed Chain until it has less than 1/2 inch play.
6-69
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Track Tensioning
The following track maintenance must be carried out as part of the 50 hour routine maintenance schedule. One of the more critical factors in undercarriage wear is proper track adjustment. a. Tracks that are too tight will put extra stress on both the undercarriage and the drive train components, while wasting horsepower. b. Tracks that are too loose create too much back bending, snaking and poor footing which causes needless wear on roller flanges, sprocket teeth and track guides. Proper track adjustment will vary with soil conditions and drill application. For example, packing takes up slack, thus creating tight track.With excavator type chain, internal pin and bushing wear causes track to loosen and offset the tight track caused by packing. Proper track adjustment is important if long life and full track value are to be received.
Check Track Tension

1. The drill should be in its working environment. Propel the drill through mud and allow dirt to pack the tracks. 2. Propel the drill in the direction of the idlers. Stop with one track pin directly over the top carrier roller as shown below.
3. Place a straight edge on top of the shoe grousers between the top carrier roller and the front idler. 4. The correct Sag (distance from the bottom of the straight edge to the top of the track shoe) is.50 to.75 inch (12.7 to 19 mm). If the measurement is not within this range, the tracks need adjustment.
6-70
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Adjusting Track Tension
1. An adapter is supplied with the drill in the Ship Kit.Mount this adapter onto a grease gun. 2. Slide the adapter over the Tensioning Cylinder Grease Port. 3. Pump the Grease Gun until the Tension Cylinder moves and tightens the Feed Chain. 4. Adjust the Feed Chain until it has between.50 to.75 inch (12.7 to 19 mm) play.
6-71
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Battery Level
WARNING
Batteries contain an acid and can cause injury. Skin and eye contact with battery fluid can cause injury. Avoid skin and eye contact with battery fluid. If contact occurs, flush area immediately with water.
WARNING
Battery fumes can ignite and explode. Do not smoke when observing battery fluid level.
Electrolyte Level
1. Check the electrolyte level and keep the electrolyte level above the plates. 2. Refill with distilled water if necessary.
CAUTION
Over filling can cause poor performance or early failure.
Batteries, Clamps AND Cables

The standard batteries supplied are heavy duty lead acid type, requiring the following maintenance. 1. Keep the top of the batteries clean. 2. Clean the terminals. 3. Keep battery connections tight. 4. Apply a small amount of grease to the terminal connections to prevent corrosion. 5. Inspect the cables, clamps and hold down brackets. Replace if necessary.
6-72
6.6 - FIRST 100 HOUR ONLY MAINTENANCE

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
6-73
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters
Change the Engine Oil and Oil Filter after the first 100 Hours of Operation.
WARNING
Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil can cause personal injury.
WARNING
Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion and common prolonged contact with used engine oil.
WARNING
Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. Do not drain the oil when the engine is cold. As the oil cools, suspended waste particles settle on the bottom of the oil pan. The waste particles are not removed with the draining cold oil. Drain the crankcase with the engine stopped. Drain the crankcase with the oil warm. This draining method allows the waste particles that are suspended in the oil to be drained properly. Failure to follow this recommended procedure will cause the waste particles to be recirculated through the engine lubrication system with the new oil.
6-74
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Drain the Engine Oil
1. Position the drill on a stable, level surface and shut off engine. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off engine to drain the oil. This allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan. 2. Ensure oil is warm by viewing water temperature gauge. The temperature should not exceed 140F. (60C.) before draining oil.
3. Place container, with a capacity of at least 26 Quarts (25 liters), under the drain port. 4. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain from the drain port into a container.
5. After the oil has completely drained, clean the drain plug and sealing surface. Inspect the threads for damage. 6. Install the drain plug. Torque to 59 ft.-lbs (80 Nm) 7. Dispose of used oil properly.
6-75
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Replace Engine Oil Filters
Change the engine oil filter(s) at the same time the engine oil is changed.
WARNING
Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. Place a container with a capacity of at least 3 quarts (2.84 liter) under the engine oil filter(s).
2. Clean the area around the lubricating oil filter head. Remove the filter(s) with an Oil Filter Strap Wrench Assembly.
NOTICE
The O-ring can stick on the filter head. Make sure it is removed. 3. Discard the filter(s) if they are not needed for a failure analysis. Dispose of the used filters in compliance with local regulations.
6-76
4. If failure analysis is needed, cut all the way around the top of the oil filter(s) using a pipe cutter or hack saw. Inspect the pleated paper element for metal debris. Metal debris in the filter can reveal an impending engine failure. If debris is found, find the reason for the debris and perform the needed repairs. Due to normal wear and friction, it is not uncommon to find small amounts of debris in the oil filter. Consult the manufacturer in order to arrange for a further analysis if an excessive amount of debris is found in the oil filter.
5. Clean around the sealing surface of the filter mounting base. Ensure that all of the old seal is removed before installing the new filter.
6. Fill the oil filters with clean lubricating oil. The lack of lubrication during the delay until the filters are pumped full of oil is harmful to the engine.
6-77
7. Apply a film of clean engine oil to the seal of the new oil filter before installing.
8. Install the filter(s) as specified by the filter manufacturer. Most filters have their instructions printed on the side of the filter. Tighten the oil filter until the oil filter gasket contacts the base. Tighten the oil filter by hand according to the instructions that are shown on the oil filter. NOTE: Do not over-tighten the oil filter.
CAUTION
Mechanical over-tightening can distort the threads or damage the filter element seal.
6-78
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Fill the Engine Crankcase
The refill capacities for the Cummins engine crankcase reflect the approximate capacity of the crankcase or sump plus standard oil filters. Auxiliary oil filter systems will require additional oil.
Engine Series
Oil Specification
Approximate Refill Capacities Quarts Liters 23.8
Tier II Series
API CG-4 15W40 (All drills leave the factory filled with Amalie 15W40)
25
1. Remove the oil filler cap and fill the engine crankcase with the proper amount of oil. 2. Start the engine and run at idle speed. 3. Inspect for leaks at the oil filter(s) and the drain plug. 4. Shut off the engine. Wait approximately 5minutes to let the oil drain from the upper parts of the engine. 5. Check the oil level. The dipstick is located next to the engine oil filter.
6. Add oil as necessary to bring the oil level to the H (High) mark on the dipstick.
6-79
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Change Compressor Oil FIlter
Change the Compressor Oil Filter at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
1. Wipe all the external dirt and oil from the filter housing and the head area to minimize contamination from entering the system. 2. Place a container under the oil filters to collect any oil escaping during removal and prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground. 3. Unscrew the filters and discard used filters in accordance with local guidelines. 4. Clean the sealing surface of filter head. 5. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals of the dual filter head. 6. Fill the new filters with clean compressor oil and lubricate the O-ring seal with clean oil. 7. Install the new filters as specified in the parts manual. Most filters have instructions included. 8. After startup, check the oil filters for any leaks at operating temperatures.
6-80
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters
Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure fluids are contained during any inspection or when work is performed on this component. Handle and dispose of fluids according to local regulations and mandates.
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulic fluid. 2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below 120F.
6-81
3. Wipe all external dirt and oil from the filter and head area to minimize contamination from entering the system. 4. Place a container under the oil filters to prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground. 5. Unscrew the filter elements from the filter head and properly discard them. 6. Screw the new filter elements onto the filter head. 7. Check the hydraulic tank for the proper level of hydraulic oil. 8. Start the drill for a few minutes to allow oil to flow through the new filter elements. 9. Check the indicator to ensure the indicator is green.
6-82
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Fuel Pre-FIlter
Change the Fuel Pre-Filter at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
WARNING
WARNING
Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire. To help prevent possible injury, turn the start switch off when changing fuel filters or water separator elements.
1. Clean the area around the fuel filter head. 2. Place a suitable container under the fuel filter-water separator to collect any excess escaping fuel when draining.
6-83
3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwise about 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of fuel. 4. Turn the valve clockwise approximately 2-1/2 turns to close the drain valve.
CAUTION
Do not over-tighten the valve. It can damage the threads. 5. Unscrew the Pre-Filter and discard in accordance with local guidelines. 6. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the sealing surface on the filter head. Ensure no pieces of old seal remain on the filter head. 7. Apply a light coating of clean diesel fuel to the surface of the filter gasket. 8. Install the filter on the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches the surface of the filter head.
NOTICE
Do not fill the fuel pre-filters with fuel before installing them. The fuel would not be filtered and could be contaminated. Contaminated fuel will cause accelerated wear to fuel system parts. 9. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after gasket touches the filter head surface. Do not over-tighten the filter. 10. Check the engine and connections for fuel leaks. 11. Pump the Pre-Primer at the top of the filter head until fuel can be seen in the Pre-Filter sump. 12. Start the engine and check for leaks. Run the engine for one minute. Stop the engine and check for leaks again.
NOTICE
Leaks are difficult to detect while the engine is running. The primary filter/ water separator is under suction. A leak will allow air to enter the fuel. The air in the fuel can cause low power due to aeration of the fuel. If air enters the fuel, check the components for over-tightening or under-tightening.
6-84
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Final Drive Oil
Change the Final Drive Oil at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.
1. Position the transmission so that the oil drain plug (2) is positioned vertically at its lowest point (about 6 oclock). The oil filler plug (1) should then be on the left or right outside of the transmission middle. 2. Clean the area around the Check/Fill Plug and the Drain Plug. 3. Place an oil collection container underneath the transmission. 4. Undo and remove oil filler plug, oil level check plug, and oil drain plug. 5. Drain oil completely. 6. Insert drain plug with new washer and tighten.
WARNING
The transmission must be filled with fresh, clean oil. 7. Fill with oil until the level has reached the oil level Check/Fill port. Insert Check/ Fill Plug, then tighten.
6-85

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
6-86
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters
Change the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Every 250 Hours of Operation.
WARNING
Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil can cause personal injury.
WARNING
Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion and common prolonged contact with used engine oil.
WARNING
Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. Do not drain the oil when the engine is cold. As the oil cools, suspended waste particles settle on the bottom of the oil pan. The waste particles are not removed with the draining cold oil. Drain the crankcase with the engine stopped. Drain the crankcase with the oil warm. This draining method allows the waste particles that are suspended in the oil to be drained properly. Failure to follow this recommended procedure will cause the waste particles to be recirculated through the engine lubrication system with the new oil.
6-87
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drain the Engine Oil
1. Position the drill on a stable, level surface and shut off engine. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off engine to drain the oil. This allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan. 2. Ensure oil is warm by viewing water temperature gauge. The temperature should not exceed 140F. (60C.) before draining oil.
3. Place container, with a capacity of at least 26 Quarts (25 liters), under the drain port. 4. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain from the drain port into a container.
5. After the oil has completely drained, clean the drain plug and sealing surface. Inspect the threads for damage. 6. Install the drain plug. Torque to 59 ft.-lbs (80 Nm) 7. Dispose of used oil properly.
6-88
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Replace Engine Oil Filters
Change the engine oil filter(s) at the same time the engine oil is changed.
WARNING
Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. Place a container with a capacity of at least 3 quarts (2.84 liter) under the engine oil filter(s).
2. Clean the area around the lubricating oil filter head. Remove the filter(s) with an Oil Filter Strap Wrench Assembly.
NOTICE
The O-ring can stick on the filter head. Make sure it is removed. 3. Discard the filter(s) if they are not needed for a failure analysis. Dispose of the used filters in compliance with local regulations.
6-89
4. If failure analysis is needed, cut all the way around the top of the oil filter(s) using a pipe cutter or hack saw. Inspect the pleated paper element for metal debris. Metal debris in the filter can reveal an impending engine failure. If debris is found, find the reason for the debris and perform the needed repairs. Due to normal wear and friction, it is not uncommon to find small amounts of debris in the oil filter. Consult the manufacturer in order to arrange for a further analysis if an excessive amount of debris is found in the oil filter.
5. Clean around the sealing surface of the filter mounting base. Ensure that all of the old seal is removed before installing the new filter.
6. Fill the oil filters with clean lubricating oil. The lack of lubrication during the delay until the filters are pumped full of oil is harmful to the engine.
6-90
7. Apply a film of clean engine oil to the seal of the new oil filter before installing.
8. Install the filter(s) as specified by the filter manufacturer. Most filters have their instructions printed on the side of the filter. Tighten the oil filter until the oil filter gasket contacts the base. Tighten the oil filter by hand according to the instructions that are shown on the oil filter. NOTE: Do not over-tighten the oil filter.
CAUTION
Mechanical over-tightening can distort the threads or damage the filter element seal.
6-91
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Fill the Engine Crankcase
The refill capacities for the Cummins engine crankcase reflect the approximate capacity of the crankcase or sump plus standard oil filters. Auxiliary oil filter systems will require additional oil.
Engine Series
Oil Specification
Approximate Refill Capacities Quarts Liters 23.8
Tier II Series
API CG-4 15W40 (All drills leave the factory filled with Amalie 15W40)
25
1. Remove the oil filler cap and fill the engine crankcase with the proper amount of oil. 2. Start the engine and run at idle speed. 3. Inspect for leaks at the oil filter(s) and the drain plug. 4. Shut off the engine. Wait approximately 5minutes to let the oil drain from the upper parts of the engine. 5. Check the oil level. The dipstick is located next to the engine oil filter.
6. Add oil as necessary to bring the oil level to the H (High) mark on the dipstick.
6-92
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Check Air Intake System
The Air Intake System consists of the air cleaners, pre-cleaners, and piping to the compressor unloader and the engine turbo-charger.
Check Air Cleaner Restriction
When the Visual Restriction Indicator on the inlet tube shows red, a restriction has occurred. This usually means the filters are dirty. A RED indicator requires opening the air cleaners and cleaning or replacing the elements.
NOTICE
Never leave the air cleaner open longer than necessary. The air cleaner is the dry type with two elements: A primary element that is replaceable and can be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never cleaned. There are two Air Cleaner assemblies on the ECM-590. One is the Compressor Air Cleaner and the other is the Engine AIr Cleaner.
6-93
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Air Intake Piping
The Air Intake Piping is the series of tubes and elbows from the Air Cleaners to the Compressor Unloader and the Engine Turbo-Charger.
1. Check the elbows for cracks and air leaks. 2. Ensure the clamps are tight. 3. Inspect the tubing for holes, cracks, or corrosion. 4. Replace any damages parts of the Air Intake Piping.
6-94
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Pre-Cleaners
There are two Pre-Cleaners on the ECM-590 Drill. One Pre-Cleaner is for the Engine Intake and the other Pre-Cleaner is for the Compressor Intake Pre-Cleaner. The Pre-Cleaners are located on top of the enclosure.
WARNING
Before performing any service on the air pre-cleaners, ensure the machine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement. Ensure the engine is off prior to cleaning the Pre-Cleaners. Use Compressed Air to blow dirt from the Pre-Cleaners.
6-95
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Engine Shutdown System
Check the Emergency Engine Shutdown System Every 250 Hours of Operation. The ECM590 Drill has two Emergency Engine Shutdown switches, one on each console. These switches work independently. Pushing either switch will shut down the machine.
The Emergency Engine Shutdown switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.All engines are energized to run, which means the fuel system must be energized in order to pump fuel.
6-96
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Final Drive Oil
WARNING
WARNING
6-97
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Change Fuel Pre-FIlter
Change the Fuel Pre-Filter at the first 250 Hours of Operation.
WARNING
WARNING
Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire. To help prevent possible injury, turn the start switch off when changing fuel filters or water separator elements.
1. Clean the area around the fuel filter head. 2. Place a suitable container under the fuel filter-water separator to collect any excess escaping fuel when draining.
6-98
3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwise about 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of fuel. 4. Turn the valve clockwise approximately 2-1/2 turns to close the drain valve.
CAUTION
Do not over-tighten the valve. It can damage the threads. 5. Unscrew the Pre-Filter and discard in accordance with local guidelines. 6. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the sealing surface on the filter head. Ensure no pieces of old seal remain on the filter head. 7. Apply a light coating of clean diesel fuel to the surface of the filter gasket. 8. Install the filter on the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches the surface of the filter head.
NOTICE
Do not fill the fuel pre-filters with fuel before installing them. The fuel would not be filtered and could be contaminated. Contaminated fuel will cause accelerated wear to fuel system parts. 9. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after gasket touches the filter head surface. Do not over-tighten the filter. 10. Check the engine and connections for fuel leaks. 11. Pump the Pre-Primer at the top of the filter head until fuel can be seen in the Pre-Filter sump. 12. Start the engine and check for leaks. Run the engine for one minute. Stop the engine and check for leaks again.
NOTICE
Leaks are difficult to detect while the engine is running. The primary filter/ water separator is under suction. A leak will allow air to enter the fuel. The air in the fuel can cause low power due to aeration of the fuel. If air enters the fuel, check the components for over-tightening or under-tightening.
6-99
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Check Drifter Accumulators
Check the Drifter Accumulators Every 250 Hours of Operation.
The YH-80A drifter uses three nitrogen-charged diaphragm accumulators to dampen vibrations in the supply and return hoses. The YH-70 drifter uses two nitrogen-charged diaphragm accumulators to dampen vibrations in the supply and return hoses. The supply line (high pressure) accumulators must be charged to 853 psi (60 kg/cm2). The return line (low pressure) accumulator must be charged to 57 psi (4 kg/cm2). An accumulator charging kit is furnished as a standard accessory item with the hydraulic machine.
DANGER
DRY NITROGEN IS THE ONLY GAS PRODUCT TO BE USED TO CHARGE THE DRILL ACCUMULATORS. NEVER USE OXYGEN TO CHARGE THE ACCUMULATORS. IGNITION OF AN OXYGEN AND OIL MIXTURE IN THE ACCUMULATOR COULD PRODUCE AN EXPLOSION, WHICH COULD SEVERELY INJURE PERSONNEL IN THE AREA.
6-100
DANGER
MAKE SURE THE ACCUMULATORS ARE IN GOOD CONDITION. MAKE SURE THE ACCUMULATOR HOUSING HAS NO CRACKS OR SIGNS OF EXCESSIVE WEAR. A DAMAGED ACCUMULATOR COULD RUPTURE AND SEVERELY INJURE PERSONNEL. Using the furnished accumulator charging kit, check the accumulator pressures as follows: 1. Using the spanner wrench (furnished with the drifter), remove the protective caps from the accumulator covers on both accumulators. 2. Loosen the accumulator valve slightly (about an 1/8 of a turn). 3. Attach the accumulator valve assembly to the accumulator, turning the assembly hand tight. 4. Check the pressure gauge on the accumulator charging assembly. 5. If the accumulator pressure are incorrect, attach the charge valve assembly to the accumulator, turning the assembly hand tight. 6. Connect the nitrogen bottle hose to the charge valve assembly charging port. 7. Make sure the discharge valve on the side of the charging valve assembly is closed. (Turning clockwise closes the valve). 8. Turn the charge valve on top of the charging valve assembly counter-clockwise to open the accumulator valve. Open valve three to four turns.
WARNING
Failure to open the accumulator valve a full three to four turns may result in damage to the seal when the nitrogen bottle valve is opened. 9. Slowly open (turn counter-clockwise) the valve on the nitrogen bottle and allow the pressure to build. Close the valve when the pressure reaches proper setting. If the pressure becomes higher, adjust the pressure by using the discharge valve on the charging valve assembly. 10. Close the accumulator valve by turning the charging valve on the charging valve assembly. 11. Open the discharge valve to release gas in the charging valve assembly and the hose. 12. Remove the nitrogen bottle hose. 13. Remove the charging valve assembly. 14. Tighten the accumulator valve. Torque the valve to 22 lb-ft. (30 Nm).
6-101

15. Replace the accumulator protective cap.
16. Follow the same procedure to charge the second accumulator. The drifter is then ready for service.
6-102

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
6-103
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Replace Engine Coolant Filter
Replace the Engine Coolant Filter at every 500 Hour Scheduled Maintenance interval.
NOTICE
Use the correct engine coolant filter to maintain correct SCA (Supplemental Coolant Additive) concentration in the system. Maintain the correct concentration by changing the service filter at each oil drain interval. Refer to Coolers Maintenance Procedures for further SCA information.
6-104
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Remove Engine Coolant Filter
Remove the coolant system pressure cap.
WARNING
Do not remove the pressure cap from a hot engine. Hot steam will cause serious personal injury. Remove the coolant system pressure cap and close the shutoff valve(s), if so equipped, before removing the coolant filter. Failure to do so can result in personal injury from heated coolant spray.
A manual shutoff valve is provided to prevent coolant leakage while changing the coolant filter. With the valve in the opened position, the coolant flows to and from the coolant filter. In the closed position, the coolant flow is cut off to and from the coolant filter.
6-105

1. Turn the coolant shutoff valve to the OFF position. 2. Clean the area around water cooler filter.
3. Place a container under filter to collect any escaping coolant during removal. 4. Unscrew and discard the used filter in full compliance with local guidelines.
6-106
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Install Engine Coolant Filter

1. Clean the sealing surface of filter head. 2. If necessary, replace O-ring on filter head.
3. Apply a light film of engine oil to the gasket seal before installing the new coolant filter.
NOTICE
Do not allow oil to get in the filter. It will break down the SCA. 4. Install the new filter as specified by the filter manufacturer. Turn the filter until the seal touches the filter head. Turn an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after contact.
CAUTION
Mechanical over tightening can distort the threads or damage the filter head. 5. Open the shut-off valve
CAUTION
Engine damage will result if the shut-off valve is left closed. 6. Install the coolant system pressure cap. 7. Operate the engine and check for coolant leaks. 8. After the air has been purged from coolant system, check the coolant level again.
NOTICE
Never use water alone without Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) or without inhibited coolant. Water alone is corrosive at engine operating temperature. Water alone does not provide adequate protection against boiling or freezing.
6-107
NOTICE
The engine is protected against corrosion of the cooling system by adding corrosion inhibitor to the coolant. If the engine radiator has been topped off using only water, the additive content will become diluted and the risk of corrosion will increase.
NOTICE
Refer to engine instruction manual for further information and procedures on this important maintenance item.
6-108
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Engine Fuel Filter
Change the Engine Fuel Filter every 500 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Interval.
WARNING
WARNING
Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire. To help prevent possible injury, turn the start switch off when changing fuel filters or water separator elements. 1. Clean the area around the fuel filter head. 2. Place a container under the fuel filter to collect any escaping fuel when removing it. 3. Unscrew the used fuel filter using 75-80mm and 90-95mm filter wrenches. Discard used filter in accordance with local guidelines. 4. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the surface of the filter head gasket. 5. If necessary, replace the O-ring in the filter head.
6-109
NOTICE
Use the correct filter(s) for your engine. Cummins requires that a fuelwater separator or a fuel filter and water separator be installed in the fuel supply system.
6. Apply a light coating of clean engine oil to the surface of the filter gasket. 7. Fill new filter(s) with clean fuel.
8. Install the filter on the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches the surface of the filter head. 9. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after gasket touches the filter head surface. Do not over-tighten the filter. 10. Check the engine and connections for leaks. 11. If fuel filters are changed according to these instructions, no manual bleeding of fuel lines should be required. If necessary, refer to the engine manufacturers manual for information on bleeding the system.
6-110
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Compressor Oil FIlter
Change the Compressor Oil Filter at the first 500 Hours of Operation.
1. Wipe all the external dirt and oil from the filter housing and the head area to minimize contamination from entering the system. 2. Place a container under the oil filters to collect any oil escaping during removal and prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground. 3. Unscrew the filters and discard used filters in accordance with local guidelines. 4. Clean the sealing surface of filter head. 5. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals of the dual filter head. 6. Fill the new filters with clean compressor oil and lubricate the O-ring seal with clean oil. 7. Install the new filters as specified in the parts manual. Most filters have instructions included. 8. After startup, check the oil filters for any leaks at operating temperatures.
6-111
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Compressor Oil Change
Under normal operating conditions, the compressor oil must be changed every 1000 hours as part of a routine maintenance program.
WARNING
Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.
1. Position drill on stable, level surface and shutdown the engine. 2. The best time to drain the receiver separator tank oil is when the oil is warm. At that time the sediment in the receiver separator is in suspension and will drain with the old oil. Temperature should not exceed 140F (60C) before draining oil. 3. Place a container with a capacity of at least 15 gallons (68.2 liters) under the drain point.
6-112
WARNING
Do not attempt to remove any plugs before making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system. 4. Remove the drain plug at the bottom of the receiver separator tank and allow compressor oil to drain into the empty container. 5. Dispose of the used oil in accordance with local guidelines.
!
6. Clean and install the drain plug.
WARNING
Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.
6-113
7. Refill the receiver separator tank through the oil filler. Fill with XHP605 compressor oil to the full mark on the level gauge. 8. Clean and replace the fill plug.
6-114
Examine Compressed Air Hoses and Clamps

Examine for and change out worn hoses and weakened Boss clamps. If the hoses are to be changed out, change the Boss clamps also. These Boss clamps hold the hose connections under a large amount of air pressure. The following instructions pertain to the proper way to install the Dixon Boss Clamps. Follow these instructions when changing out these clamps.
DIXON Boss Clamp Selection and Installation

SAFETY INFORMATION MSHA (Mine Safety and Health Administration) Regulations 30 CFR Sections 56.13021 and 57.13021 Except where automatic shutoff valves are used, safety chains or other suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of high pressure hose line of 3/4" inside diameter or larger, and between high pressure hose lines of 3/4" inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard. 30 CFR Section 75.1730 (e) Safety chains, suitable locking devices, or automatic cut-off valves shall be used at connections to machines of high pressure hose lines of 3/4 of an inch inside diameter or larger, and between high pressure hose lines of 3/4 of an inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard. For purposes of this paragraph, high pressure means pressure of 100 PSI (6.9 bar) or more. 30 CFR Section 77.412 (d) Safety chains or suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of high pressure hose line of 1-inch inside diameter or larger, and between high pressure hose line of 1-inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard. S.T.A.M.P.E.D. When fabricating and specifying hose assemblies, ask the following questions: 1. Size: What is the I.D. (Inside Diameter) of the hose? What is the O.D. (Outside Diameter) of both ends of the hose? What is the overall length of the assembly required? 2. Temperature: What is the temperature range of the media (product) that is flowing through the hose assembly? What is the temperature range of the environment that surrounds the outside of the hose assembly? 3. Application: How is the hose assembly actually being used? Is it a pressure application? Is it a vacuum (suction) application? Is it a gravity flow application? Are there any special requirements that the hose assembly is expected to perform? Is the hose being used in a horizontal or vertical position? Are there any pulsations or
6-115

vibrations acting on the hose assembly? 4. Media:
What is the media/material that is flowing through the hose assembly? Being specific is critical. Check for: Abrasive materials, chemical compatibility, etc. 5. Pressure: What is the maximum pressure including surges (or, maximum vacuum) that this hose assembly will be subjected to? Always rate the maximum working pressure of your hose assembly by the lowest rated component in the system. 6. Ends: What couplings have been requested by the user? Are they the proper fittings for the application and hose selected. 7. Dixon: Dixon recommends that, based on the hose, fittings and attachment method used, all assemblies be permanently marked with the designed working pressure and intended media. Do not use other manufacturer's fittings or ferrules with Dixon products due to the differences in dimensions and tolerances. We also recommend that all hose assemblies be tested frequently. Be Safe: Any questions on application, use or assembly contact your local Atlas Copco dealer or distributor.
6-116
1. Force is the dynamic power which is exported longitudinally through a hose, towards the ends. To arrive at the number of pounds of force exerted, you multiply the area of the I.D. time the working pressure being used. 2. Area of a circle: x r (PI[3.1416] times radius squared) 3. Force = Area x Pressure
6-117

GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS
The following contains general procedures that relate to all assemblies in terms of preparation. 1. Cutting the Hose - Two terms are used: a. Cut to length means cut the hose to the length requested excluding the length of the fitting(s). b. Overall Length (O.A.L.) refers to the overall length of the assembly including fittings. Example: The hose has to be cut to a certain length so that when couplings are installed the length of entire assembly is the required overall length. The calculation below describes the steps to determine hose length to be cut to obtain the required overall length. O.A.L = requirement is 50 ft. (This is the total length of the assembly). Fitting Length = 7 inches (This is the overall length of the fitting). Shank Length = 4 inches (This is length of the fitting that is inserted into the hose).
2. Cut Ends Square - Hose ends must be cut square (90_ to the length of the hose) for proper coupling insertion. Improper insertion can reduce coupling retention. 3. Clean Hose Ends - Debris left inside the hose from the cutting process must be removed prior to coupling insertion. This is especially important when an abrasive wheel or chop saw" is used to make a cut. Debris will reduce coupling retention. 4. Determine number of clamps required
6-118
5. Mark Hose for Proper Clamp Placement - The Boss Clamps and Air King Clamps do not require a hose marking for placement. because the clamp's gripping finger positions the clamp automatically. 6. Static Grounding - When static grounding is required it's essential that it be done properly. Typically, it is accomplished by bending the built-in static wire or the helical wire (or wires) into the hose I.D. (Inside Diameter) so that the wire or the wires make contact with the metal coupling. Bend in no more wire than necessary. One half inch is usually sufficient. Other methods of static grounding may be required due to hose type, hose manufacturer or style of coupling being installed. Always contact the hose manufacturer to verify proper static grounding techniques for that particular hose. Improper static grounding can lead to fire, explosions reduced assembly life, damage to property and injury or death to personnel. 7. Hoses with Helical Wire - Determine which direction the helical wire is pointing. Proper installation of pre-formed band clamps or bands and buckles relies upon proper orientation of the clamp tail with the helical wire. Note: If helical wire is not used for static grounding, trim the wire flush with the hose. This will prevent operator injuries during the assembly. 8. Seal the Hose Ends - At each end of the hose, the reinforcement is exposed to the outside elements. This exposure can lead to premature assembly failure especially if the end of the assembly is laying in a puddle of water or puddle of product. If assembly is to be subjected to these conditions, the hose ends must be sealed. Typically, rubber cement or shellac can be used. Wire reinforce hoses can corrode to the point of failure near the clamp. Textile or fabric reinforced hoses can wick" water or product to anywhere in the length of the hose and exit the cover at the weakest spot. 9. Apply Coupling Lubricant - Lubricate the coupling shank and hose inside diameter prior to the coupling insertion. Dixon recommends using Dixon Coupling Lubricant (DCL10 pint, DCL80 gallon). Do not use hand soap, oil, grease, WD40, Silicon Spray or other similar substances that may attack the hose tube material and / or reduce coupling retention.
6-119

DIXON DIAMETER TAPE PROCEDURE
All Dixon clamping devises ("Boss" Clamps, Double Bolt Clamps, Single Bolt Clamps, T" Bolt Clamps, Holedall Ferrules, etc.) have a minimum and maximum hose O.D. (Outside Diameter) range. To ensure proper coupling performance, it is imperative that the clamping devise selected be the correct size for the hose O.D. being used. Accurate hose O.D. measurement is achieved by using a Diameter Tape. Both ends of the hose must be measured due to the variances allowed by the hose manufacturers in their production tolerances. In addition, the hose manufacturers change dimensional specifications on their products without prior notification. Procedure 1. Grasping the tape buckle, pull several inches of tape from the case. 2. One side of the tape is a regular ruler. The other side of the tape is marked INCHES OF DIA. BY 64THS. (See A" on Diagram 1). This is the side of the tape used to measure hose O.D.
3. To understand how the diameter tape works, do the following: a. Locate the numbers (1,2,3,etc.) with a line the width of the tape to the right of it (See B" in Diagram 1). These represent inches of diameter. b. The numbers 16", 32", and 48" are reference numbers (See D" in Diagram 1). They represent 16/64ths, 32/64ths and 48/64ths of an inch respectively. c. Each hash marks between these two numbers represents 1/64th of an inch (See C" in Diagram 1). These numbers, when combined as outlined below, convert the hose circumference into inches of diameter. 4. To measure the hose O.D. with the diameter tape, do the following: a. With the diameter side of the tape facing up, loop the tape around the end of the hose to be measured keeping the loop two to three inches from the hose end. b. While the tape is being looped around the hose, keep the buckle to the bottom of the loop. c. Making sure that the tape is as flat on the hose as possible. Pull the tape tight. d. The line to the right of INCHES OF DIA. BY 64THS." should line up with one of the inches of diameter marks, reference number marks or hash marks above it.
6-120
5. To read the hose O.D. just measured in step 4, do the following: a. Determine the inches of diameter number. If the line from Step 4d above lines up with one of these numbers, this is your outside diameter (See Diagram 2). If line from Step 4d above lines up with a reference the number to the LEFT of an inches of diameter number, see step 5b below. b. Locate the reference number (if needed) to the LEFT of inches of diameter number determined by the line from Step 4d above. The outside diameter will be the inches of diameter number from Step 5a above PLUS the 64ths represented by the reference number (See Diagram 3). If the line from Step 4d above is to the left of a reference number, see Step 5c. c. Locate the hash mark (if needed) to the LEFT of the reference number determined by the line from Step 4d. The outside diameter will be the inches of diameter from Step 5a PLUS the 64ths represented by reference number from Step 5b PLUS the number of hash marks from the reference number including the one above the line from Step 4d (See Diagram 4). Diagram 2:
Diagram 3:
6-121

Diagram 4:
6-122
BOSS CLAMPS
6-123
6-124
Note: 1. The bolts used in the Boss interlocking clamps are not standard bolts. They vary from standard bolts in their length, diameter, overall thread length and material hardness. These bolts can be re-torqued, but it is not recommended that they be reused, as they are designed for a single bend only. Dixon recommends using only factory supplied replacement bolts. 2. Torque values for clamps are based on dry bolts. The use of lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. 3. Do not lubricate bolts. 4. Recommended torque rating is in ft./lbs.
6-125

Boss" Clamp Selection
1. Measure the hose Free" O.D. (Outside Diameter) with a diameter tape. Free" O.D. is the outside diameter before the stem is inserted. 2. Determine the hose I.D. (Inside Diameter). 3. On the Boss Clamp Chart, locate the Hose I.D." column. 4. Locate the section of clamps in that column that correspond with the hose I.D. 5. From that section of the clamps, find the clamp that has an O.D. range in the Hose O.D. From / To column that best fits the hose O.D. just measured. Additional Information 1. For steam hose, select the clamp that has a maximum range as close to (but not smaller than) the measured hose O.D. This will allow the clamp to be retightened many times to adjust for Cold-Flow" which speeds up with increased temperature and /or hot/cold cycles. 2. For hard wall constructed hose (wire present) with an O.D. at or near the clamp's maximum range, use of the next largest clamp may be required. See Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper clamp fit. 3. For soft wall constructed hose (no wire present) having an O.D. at or near clamp's minimum range, use of the next smallest clam may be required. See Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper clamp fit. Notes: 1. Use of an incorrectly sized Boss" clamp can result in damage to property and serious injury to personnel. 2. Refer to the DIXON DIAMETER TAPE PROCEDURE" for instructions on how to read a diameter tape. 3. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 2 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniques when using a two bolt Boss" clamp. 4. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 4 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniques when using a four bolt Boss" clamp. 5. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 6 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniques when using a six bolt Boss" clamp.
6-126
Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp Notes:
1. Sufficient fit criteria provides inspection guidelines when the clamp has been assembled in accordance with prescribed Procedure and all of the bolts are tightened to 150 FT/LBS. FOR 3 INCH CLAMP, 60 FT/LBS FOR THE 2-1/2 AND 2 INCH CLAMPS. 2. The failure to adhere to these guidelines could produce poor clamp performance, leaking assemblies or even separation of hose and coupling that may cause property damage and /or serious injury to personnel. Minimum Range 1. 1/32" clearance between clamp halves (both sides) for clamps that are designed to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. hose. 2. 1/16" clearance between clamp halves (both sides for 4 bolt clamps) or all segments (6 bolt clamps) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D. hose. 3. 1/32" clearance between clamp gripping fingers (all gripping fingers) and stem groove for all sizes. Maximum Range 1. 1/32" interlock between the clamp gripping finger and stem collar (all gripping fingers) for clamps designed to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. 2. 1/16" interlock between the clamp gripping finger and stem collar (all gripping fingers) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D. 3. 1/32" interlock between dovetail extensions (both sides) for clamps designed to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. hose. 4. 1/16" interlock between dovetail extensions on both sides (4 bolt clamps) or all segments (6 bolt clamps) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D. hose.
6-127

INSTALLATION OF BOSS 2 BOLT CLAMP
Procedure 1. Prepare the hose. Refer to GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS". 2. Place the stem in a vise. a. For male stems, tighten the vise on the hex. b. For female stems (wing nut), place a spud in the vice, tighten and then thread the wing nut onto the spud. 3. Select the proper Boss Clamp. Refer to Boss Clamp Selection". 4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar as illustrated above. 5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement. Note: When hose O.D. is at or near clamp maximum range, starting of nuts on bolts may require squeezing clamp halves in a vise. 6. Bolt tightening sequence is as follows: a. Front bolt, 1 full turn. b. Opposite side front bolt, 1 full turn. c. Repeat 1" and 2" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque value listed on BOSS CLAMPS" chart. Torque values are based upon dry bolts". Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Use a torque wrench. d. Remove assembly from vise. 7. Test assembly if required. Refer to TESTING". Notes: 1. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows the clamp to conform to the hose circumference.
6-128
2. Periodic bolt re-tightening is necessary due to Cold-Flow" present in all rubber hoses. 3. Boss clamps (including the nuts and bolts) are for single use only. Do not reuse. Once removed, discard. 4. Refer to Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper assembly.
6-129

Notes: 1. Periodic bolt re-tightening is necessary due to Cold-Flow" present in all rubber hoses. 2. Boss clamps (including nuts and bolts) are for single use only! Once removed, discard. Process 1. Prepare the hose. Refer to GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS". 2. Place the stem in a vise. a. For male stems, tighten the vise on the hex. b. For female stems (wing nut), place a spud in the vice, tighten and then thread the wing nut onto the spud. 3. Select the proper Boss Clamp. Refer to Boss Clamp Selection". 4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar as illustrated above. 5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement. Note: When hose O.D. is at or near clamp maximum range, starting of nuts on bolts may require squeezing clamp halves. 6. Using a torque wrench, tighten bolts to the recommended torque of 150 ft-lbs for the 3 inch clamp and 60 ft-lbs for the 2-12 inch and 2 inch clamps. Torque values are based upon dry bolts". Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Bolt tightening sequence is as follows: a. Back bolt, 1 full turn.
6-130
b. Front bolt, 1 full turn.
c. Snug by hand, nuts on opposite side of bolts just tightened. d. Opposite side back bolt, 1 full turn. e. Opposite side front bolt, 1 full turn. f. Snug by hand, nuts on opposite side of bolts just tightened. g. Repeat a" to f" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows the clamp to conform to the hose circumference. 7. Test assembly if required. Refer to TESTING". 8. Refer to Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper assembly.
6-131

Procedure 1. Prepare the hose. Refer to GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS". 2. Place the stem in a vise. a. For male stems, tighten the vise on the hex. b. For female stems (wing nut), place a spud in the vice, tighten and then thread the wing nut onto the spud. 3. Select the proper Boss Clamp. Refer to Boss Clamp Selection". 4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar. 5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement on all six nuts. 6. Tighten nuts on bolts in the following sequence. See Boss 6 Bolt Clamp illustration. a. Bolt 1" - one full turn. Before tightening each bolt in sequence, snug the nut by hand if loose. b. Bolt 2" - one full turn. c. Bolt 3" - one full turn. d. Bolt 4" - one full turn. e. Bolt 5" - one full turn. f. Bolt 6" - one full turn. g. Repeat 1" to 6" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque value listed on BOSS CLAMPS" chart. Torque values are based upon dry bolts".
6-132
Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Use a torque wrench. h. Remove assembly from vice. 7. Test assembly if required. Refer to TESTING". Notes: 1. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows the clamp to conform to the hose circumference. 2. Periodic bolt re-tightening is necessary due to Cold-Flow" present in all rubber hoses. 3. Boss clamps (including the nuts and bolts) are for single use only. Do not reuse. Once removed, discard. 4. Refer to the Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" for guidelines to determine proper assembly.
6-133

TESTING
The following is for general hydrostatic testing and electrical continuity testing. Other procedures may need to be employed. Follow the RMA (Rubber Manufacturers Association) hydrostatic test procedures IP-11-1 through IP-11-8 or ASTM D-380 (latest revision). Consult the hose manufacturer if questions arise. If an assembly requires both hydrostatic and electrical continuity testing, perform the electrical continuity test first. Hydrostatic Testing 1. Determine the assembly working pressure. The assembly working pressure is the lesser pressure rating of either the hose or the couplings. 2. Determine the test pressure. Test pressure is 1-1/2 times the assembly working pressure. 3. Lay the assembly in a straight line. 4. Install test caps or test plugs to both ends. 5. Connect bleed-off valve to one end and test pump intermediate hose to other end of test sample. 6. Position test pump (or test sample) to that test pump and test sample are at a 90_ angle to each other. 7. Fill test sample with water. Elevate end with bleed-off valve to purge air from sample. Make certain that all air is removed. 8. Bulwark ends of test sample to prevent damage from accidental coupling separation. 9. Activate pump until test pressure is achieved. 10. Hold test pressure for 15 minutes. 11. Turn off pump and relieve pressure from test sample. 12. Remove test fixtures from test sample. 13. Drain water from test sample. 14. Complete test report for sample just tested.
CAUTION
No one is to stand near ends of test samples while under pressure for any reason.
6-134
Electrical Continuity Testing
No standard exists for testing electrical continuity. Generally speaking, this type of testing is done with either a continuity meter or a multimeter. The continuity meter simply has a light that goes on when each coupling is simultaneously touched with a probe. A multimeter registers electricity in ohms (W). Always contact the hose manufacturer for instructions on the proper method and criteria for electrical continuity testing.
Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters

Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters every 500 Hours of Operation.
NOTICE
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulic fluid. 2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below
6-135

120F.
3. Wipe all external dirt and oil from the filter and head area to minimize contamination from entering the system. 4. Place a container under the oil filters to prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground. 5. Unscrew the filter elements from the filter head and properly discard them. 6. Screw the new filter elements onto the filter head. 7. Check the hydraulic tank for the proper level of hydraulic oil. 8. Start the drill for a few minutes to allow oil to flow through the new filter elements. 9. Check the indicator to ensure the indicator is green.
6-136
Check Anti-Freeze and SCA Concentration

Test the Anti-Freeze Concentration and Supplemental Coolant Additive (SCA) Concentration every 1000 hours or twice a year. Also test the concentration levels when coolant is added to the cooling system.
SCA Concentration
Use the engine manufactures coolant test kit to check the SCA concentration level. An engine manufacturers manual is provided with each drill. Instructions on how to use the kit are provided with the kit.
Anti-Freeze Concentration
CAUTION
Over concentrate of antifreeze or use of high-silicate antifreeze can damage the engine. Check the anti-freeze concentration with a refractometer only. Do not use a floating ball hydrometer. A floating ball hydrometer can give an incorrect reading. A refractometer provides a reliable, easy to read, and accurate measurement of freezing point protection and glycol (anti-freeze) concentration. The anti-freeze concentration must be a mixture of 50 percent water and 50 percent ethylene glycol or propylene glycol-based anti-freeze to protect the engine to -26F (-32C) yeararound. Anti-freeze is essential in every climate. It broadens the operating temperature range by lowering the coolant freezing point and by raising its boiling point. The corrosion inhibitors also protect the cooling system components from corrosion and prolong component life.
6-137

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
6-138
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Hydraulic Oil and Filters
Change the Hydraulic Tank Oil (and filters) after any major hydraulic systemrepair.Change the Hydraulic Oil and Filters and clean the Strainers every 1000 Hour Scheduled Maintenance Interval.
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.
NOTICE
Dirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. A clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the machines proper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic system to ensure its complete cleanliness.
6-139
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drain Hydraulic Oil
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. Position drill on stable, level surface and retract all hydraulic cylinders. 2. Ensure that a container with a capacity of at least 60 gallons (272.8 liters) is placed under drain point to collect used oil. 3. Drain the Hydraulic Tank by removing the Drain Plug. 4. Allow the oil to drain. 5. Clean and install the Drain Plug. 6. Dispose of the used oil in accordance with local guidelines.
6-140
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Inspect and Clean Strainers
1. After emptying the drained oil from the container, replace the container under the plug and Access Panel. 2. Disconnect the hoses from the Access Panel and cap them off to keep contaminants from entering the hoses. 3. Unscrew the bolts from the Access Panel and remove the assembly from the Hydraulic Tank. 4. Remove the Strainers from the assembly. Clean them and set them aside. 5. Remove and clean all gasket material from the Hydraulic Tank and Access Panel. 6. Re-Mount Strainers onto the Access Panel tighten them securely. 7. Coat the new Gasket with Hi-Temp RTV (Silicone Adhesive Sealant). 8. Place Gasket onto Access Panel, then place the assembly onto the Hydraulic Tank. 9. Mount Bolts and Washers into the tank to secure the Access Panel assembly and tighten them. 10. Connect the hoses to the Access Panel.
NOTICE
Any contamination entering the hydraulic tank during filling will seriously risk damage the components. The oil in the tank must be free of contamination.
6-141
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters
Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters every time the Hydraulic Oil is changed.
NOTICE
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly. 1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulic fluid. 2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below 120F.
6-142
3. Wipe all external dirt and oil from the filter and head area to minimize contamination from entering the system. 4. Place a container under the oil filters to prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground. 5. Unscrew the filter elements from the filter head and properly discard them. 6. Screw the new filter elements onto the filter head and tighten.
6-143
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Fill Hydraulic Tank
1. Add clean hydraulic oil with the Fill Pump. Remove the Protective Cap and the Fill Connection and connect the fill hose. Hand pump the oil into the reservoir until the level is at the HIGH mark on the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator located behind the console. Refer to Lubricant Specifications for details on hydraulic oil.
CAUTION
Excessive hydraulic oil can rupture the sealed hydraulic tank and cause injury or property damage. Do not fill hydraulic tank with hydraulic cylinders extended. Retract all cylinders and fill tank to indicated level. 2. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted positions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to observe and note the following information when reading the level gauge: a.The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted should be between the FULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge. b.The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND also when the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all times. Add oil to bring to levels defined above.
3. Check the Hydraulic Oil Level by viewing the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator located behind the Main Control Console.
6-144
4. Start the engine and check for leaks.
5. Function all cylinders, then return them to the retracted position. 6. Stop the drill and check the oil level. Add more oil in needed.
6-145
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Adjust Engine Valve Clearance
NOTICE
Operation of engines with improper valve adjustments can reduce engine efficiency. This reduced efficiency could result in excessive fuel usage and/or shortened engine component life. Refer to engine manufacturers manual for maintenance instructions concerning valve clearance, adjusters and injectors. This operation requires a trained service engineer.
6-146
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Engine Belts AND Tensioner
Under normal operating conditions, the engine drive belts should be inspected daily. Belt damage can be caused by: Incorrect tension, Incorrect size or length, Pulley misalignment, Incorrect installation, Severe operating environment and Oil or grease on the belts. Adjust the belt tension in order to minimize belt slippage. Belt slippage will decrease the life of the belts. If the belts are too loose, the belts will vibrate. This vibration is enough to cause unnecessary wear on the belts and on the pulleys. If the belts are too tight, unnecessary stresses are placed upon the pulley bearings and upon the belts. These stresses will shorten the life of the belts and of the pulley bearings.
Drive Belts Inspection
To maximize the engine performance, visually inspect the belts for tension, wear, breaks, cracks or other damage. Replace belts that are cracked or frayed. Adjust belts that have a glazed or shiny surface which indicates belt slippage. Correctly installed and tensioned belts will show even pulley and belt wear.
1. Remove the belt guard to check the belt tension or to replace belts. 2. Measure the belt tension in the center span of the pulleys.
NOTICE
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart in the OEM Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the belt
6-147

width used.
3. An alternate method (deflection method) can be used to check belt tension by applying 25 lbs (110 N) force midway between the pulleys on v-belts. If the deflection is more than one (1) belt thickness per foot of pulley center distance, the belt must be adjusted. As a general rule, a correctly adjusted belt will deflect 1/2 to 3/4 (13mm to 19mm).
Engine Alternator Drive Belt
1. Loosen up the alternator and the adjusting link mounting capscrews.
6-148
NOTICE
The Adjusting Link Screws lower jam nut has left-hand threads. 2. Loosen up the jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
3. Turn adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt tension.
4. Tighten jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
NOTICE
The Adjusting Link Screws lower jam nut has left-hand threads. 5. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews to a torque value
6-149

of 40 ft/lbs. (55Nm).
6. Check the belt tension again to be sure it is correct. Belt tension must be 150 ft./lb (670Nm).
6-150
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Water Pump Drive Belt
1. Loosen the locknut which secures the idler pulley to the water pump. 2. Turn the adjusting screw to adjust the belt tension.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the belt tension to full value with the adjusting screw. Belt tension can increase when the lock nut is tightened and, therefore, reduce belt and bearing life.
3. Secure idler pulley in position by tightening the lock nut to 50 ft./lb (70Nm). 4. Loosen up the adjusting screw 1/2 turn to prevent breakage. 5. Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary. 6. Ensure that the belt guard is replaced and secured properly.
6-151
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drive Belts Replacement
NOTICE
When a drive uses two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set. 1. Loosen up the adjusting mechanism and move the pulley centers as close together as possible. The belts can then be installed without excessive force. 2. To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the pulley or pry it on with a tool.
NOTICE
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart in your OEM Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the belt width.
6-152
3. Pulley misalignment must not exceed 1/16 inch for each 12 inches (6mmfor each meter) of distance between pulley centers.
4. Belts must not touch the bottom of the pulley grooves, not must they protrude over 3/32 inch (3mm) above the top edge of the groove. 5. When a drive uses two or more belts, the belt riding depth must not vary over 1/16 inch (2mm) between the belts. 6. Ensure that the belt guard is replaced and secured properly. 7. If new belts are installed, check the tension again after 30 minutes of engine operation at the rated rpm.
Check Engine Belt Tensioner Bearing

Refer to engine manufacturers manual for maintenance instructions concerning Engine Belt Tension Bearing. This operation requires a trained service engineer.
6-153

General Information
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
6-154
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Change Compressor Separator Filter
WARNING
Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the tank before making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system. High Pressure can cause severe injury or death
WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. 1. Park the drill on a stable, level surface and shut down engine. Allow time for the drill to cool.
6-155

2. Relieve all pressure from the system.
3. Remove the receiver cover and remove the separator element. 4. Discard the used element in accordance with local guidelines. 5. Clean the gasket surface. 6. When installing the new element, make sure that the element gasket is equipped with a staple. The staple is the grounding contact the tank.
7. Clean the Scavenge Orifice.
6-156
8. Lift the cover. Use a guide bar to assist in aligning the covers holes to the housing flange. Make sure the gasket seats properly. 9. Apply Anti-Seizelubricant to the bolts and replace the cover. Torque these bolts to 100 ft. lbs (135.5 Nm) alternately.
6-157
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Change Engine Anti-Freeze
Change the Engines Anti-Freeze every 2000 Hours Maintenance Interval. The coolant system of any engine should be drained and flushed out after 2000 hours, or 2 years of service. Unless the coolant has a corrosion preventive in it, rust and scale will eventually clog up the system. Any effective, commercial flushing agent should be used at least once or twice a year to ensure against buildup. Clean the cooling system and flush the cooling system before the recommended maintenance interval if the following conditions exist: 1. The engine overheats frequently. 2. Foaming is observed. 3. The oil has entered the cooling system and the coolant is contaminated. 4. The fuel has entered the cooling system and the coolant is contaminated.
NOTICE
Use of commercially available cooling system cleaners may cause damage to cooling system components. Therefore use only cooling system cleaners that are approved by engine manufacturer. Contact your nearest dealer or refer to your Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for specifics.
NOTICE
Inspect the water pump and the water temperature regulator after the cooling system has been drained. This is a good opportunity to replace the water pump, the water temperature regulator and the hoses, if necessary.
WARNING
Pressurized System: Hot coolant can cause serious burns. To open the cooling system filler cap, stop the engine and wait until the cooling system components are cool. Loosen the cooling system pressure cap slowly in order to relieve the pressure. Injury can occur when removing the radiator cap. Steam or fluid escaping from the radiator can burn. Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid all contact with steam or escaping fluid.
6-158
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Drain Cooling System
1. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool. 2. Place a container under the drain points to collect used coolant. 3. Loosen the cooling system filler cap slowly in order to relieve any pressure. Remove the cooling system filler cap. 4. Open the drain valve located at the base of the radiator. At the same time, drain the engine block. Allow the coolant to drain. (Refer to the engine manufacturers manual for the recommended procedure.)
NOTICE
Engine coolant must be disposed of in a responsible manner. Please consult the local environmental agency for recommended disposal guidelines.
6-159
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Flush Cooling System
1. Flush the cooling system with clean water in order to remove any debris. 2. Close the drain valve (if equipped). Clean and install the drain plugs. Refer to the Torque Specifications in this section for proper torque information.
NOTICE
Fill the cooling system no faster than 19 L (5 US gal) per minute to avoid air locks. 3. Fill the cooling system with a mixture of clean water and cooling system cleaner. Use a mixture of 1 US gallon (3.8 liters) of an approved cooling system cleaner for each 10 to 15 gallons (38-57 liters) of cooling system capacity and fill the system with water. 4. Operate the engine at low idle and normal operating temperatures of at least 185F (85C) for 1 to 1-1/2 hours. 5. Shut the engine off and drain the cooling system. 6. Fill the cooling system with clean water to flush the cooling system. 7. Operate the engine at high idle for 5minutes with coolant temperature above 185F (85C). 8. Shut off the engine and drain the cooling system.
NOTICE
If the water being drained is still dirty, the system must be flushed again until the water is clean. 9. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool. Loosen the cooling system filler cap slowly in order to relieve any pressure. Remove the cooling system filler cap. Remove the drain plugs located at the base of the radiator and the engine block. Allow the coolant to drain. Flush the cooling system with clean water. Close the drain valve. Clean and install the drain plugs.
6-160
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Fill the Cooling System
1. Refill the radiator with a 50-50 mixture of the engine manufacturers recommended antifreeze and good quality water. Install the correct (SCA) Filter. Do not use any lubricant or corrosion inhibitor.
NOTICE
Fill the cooling system no faster than 19 L (5 US gallons) per minute to avoid air locks. 2. When refilling the cooling system, refer to the engine manufacturers Operation and Maintenance Instruction manual where full information is given on how obtain and to check the correct SCA level in the engine and on cooling system specifications. Do not install the cooling system filler cap. 3. Start and run the engine at low idle. Increase the engine speed to HIGH. Run the engine at HIGH idle for one minute in order to purge the air from the cavities of the engine block. Stop the engine.
6-161
4. Check engine coolant level. The coolant level should be maintained so fluid can be seen in the sight glass. If coolant is low, add through filler cap.
5. Clean the cooling system filler cap. Check on the condition of the filler cap gaskets. Replace the cooling system filler cap if the filler cap gaskets are damaged. Reinstall the cooling system filler cap. 6. Start the engine. Inspect cooling system for leaks and for check for proper operating temperature.
6-162
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Check Engine Vibration Damper
The condition of the Engine Vibration Damper must be checked every 2000 Hours or 2 Years of Operation.
Engine Vibration Dampers are designed to reduce torsional vibration, the small but sometimes dangerous angular oscillation a shaft undergoes, as the alternately ignited cylinders deliver torque spikes to the shaft via the pistons and connecting rods. Crankshaft torsional vibration is inherent in all internal combustion engines and can be especially harmful in high horsepower, high rpm applications if a damper in poor condition is utilized.
Check the Index Lines (A) in the Vibration Damper Hub (B) and the Inertia Member (C). If the
6-163
lines are more than 1/16 inch (1.59mm) out of alignment, replace the Vibration Damper.
Inspect the rubber member for deformation. If pieces of rubber are missing or if the elastic member is more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) below the metal surface, replace the damper. Look for forward movement on the damper ring on the hub.Replace the Vibration Damper if any movement is detected.
6-164
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Check Shutdown Temperature Settings
The ECM-590Drill is equipped with a HIGH TEMP shut down system to protect the engine. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds 215F (101C), the engine will shut down. This temperature is measured with a water temperature gauge sender located in the side of the engine block, next to the alternator. The engine Water Temperature Gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant system in both F and C scales. Normal operating temperature is from 158-212F (70-100C). There are three connection points on the back of the Water Temperature Gauge. The left contact point is for the positive connection, the center contact point is the negative wiring connection, and the right contact point is for the sender. The Water Temperature Gauge nor its sender will shut down the engine. A Water Temperature Switch is located on the side of the cooler.When the temperature of the coolant exceeds 215F (101C), the switch will interrupt the fuel system to the engine, thus shutting down the engine. The Water Temperature Switch is what shuts down the Engine and is what must be checked. To check the Temperature Shutdown Settings, 1. Ensure the engine is cool before checking the Switch. 2. Place a container under the Switch port on the side of the cooler to collect any coolant that spills. 3. Disconnect the wiring from the Switch. 4. Remove the Switch from the side of the cooler and plug the port in the cooler to prevent the coolant from spilling from the cooler. 5. Connect the Negative side of an Ohm Meter to one wiring connection of the Switch and the Positive side of the Ohm Meter to the other wiring connection of the Switch. 6. Place the Switch into a container of rapidly boiling water. Since water boils rapidly at a temperature higher than the Switchs settings, placing the Switch into the rapidly boiling water should interrupt (break) the continuity measured on the Ohm Meter. 7. If the Switch is working properly, replace it into the cooler. 8. If continuity does not interrupt (break), replace the Switch with a new one.
6-165
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Change Final Drive Oil
WARNING
WARNING
6-166
GLOSSARY
G-1
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY OF TERMS ~A~

Actuator
A motor or cylinder that is being put into motion by the flow of a hydraulic pump. Adapter-Adaptor (both spellings are accepted) A device used to connect two different sizes or types of threads. It is used to connect rotary head spindles to drill pipe, drill pipe to stabilizers and stabilizers to drill bits. ANFO Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil mixture: explosive most commonly used in blastholes. Annulus The space between the drill pipe and the outer diameter of the hole made by the bit. Annunciator An electrical signaling device on a switchboard. API American Petroleum Institute. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials. Auto Lube System An air powered pump that provides grease to various components of the drill through hoses. It can be manual or computer controlled. Axle (Main Shaft) The tube connecting the tracks of a Blasthole drill to the main frame.
~B~
Bank Vertical surface of an elevation; also called face. Beco Thread A coarse type of thread used on drill pipe for blastholes. Bench Work area on top edge of an elevation. The work area for blasthole drills. Bit, Auger
G-2
GLOSSARY
A type of bit used to drill soft formations. It usually has a series of flutes on the outside. Bit, Claw A wing-type bit that has multiple flukes. Sometimes called a Drag Bit. Bit Breaker A device installed in the centralizer table to hold a bit stationary while the drill pipe is being removed from the bit by reversing the rotation. Also called Bit Basket. Bit, DHD A solid, one piece bit, with shaped tungsten carbide inserts in the face. Used in percussion drilling. Bit, Roller Also called a Tricone bit. It usually has three conical rollers fitted with steel or tungsten carbide teeth that rip the rock loose using down pressure. Bits Tools that pulverize formations so that material can be removed from the hole. Generally 3-blade, 3-cone or percussion. Blasthole A drilled hole used for purposes of excavation rather than exploration, geological information or water wells. Usually limited to 200 feet. Blasting The act of igniting explosives in a borehole to produce broken rock. Blowdown Term used when releasing compressed air from the receiver tank on a compressor when the drill is stopped. Blowdown Valve The valve that opens when the drill is stopped and releases all the air pressure in the receiver tank. Bore To make a hole in the ground with a drill. Borehole The hole made by a bit. Box End Fitting on the female end of a drill pipe. See Pin End. Breakout Refers to the act of loosening threaded pipe joints; and of unscrewing one section of pipe from another, while coming out of the hole.
G-3
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Breakout Wrench
GLOSSARY
A wrench, connected to a hydraulic cylinder, used to turn the upper piece of pipe while the lower pipe is being held by the Fork Chuck or Sliding Wrench. Bridge An obstruction in the hole. Usually caused by a caving formation or something falling in the hole. Burden Distance from the blasthole to the nearest face. Distance measured from face to a row of holes. Buttons Short, rounded teeth of sintered tungsten carbide inserts which serve as teeth in drill bits used for drilling very hard rock. Butterfly Valve The inlet valve of the air compressor. Burden Distance between a blasthole and the nearest free or open face; the material to be displaced.
~C~
Cable A strong, heavy steel, wire rope. Also known as Wire Rope. Used for pull-down and pullback in the derrick. Also used in hoisting. May be rotating or rotation resistant. Cable Reel A device that holds the electrical power cable on electric driven blasthole drills. Carousel A rotating device that holds extra drill pipe. It can be moved under the rotary head to add and remove drill pipe from the string, or the rotary head moves over it. Carbide, Tungsten W2C. A very hard compound used in inserts in rock bits. It has a very high melting point. It is very strong in one direction but very brittle in another. Casing Special pipe used to hold the overburden back in water wells. May be steel or plastic. Casing, Drive Shoe Coupling of forged steel to protect lower end of casing in overburden. Cathead Rotating drum used to spool hemp rope to pick up tools manually.
G-4
GLOSSARY Catwalks Walkways around a working area of a drill. Cavitation
The pitting of a solid surface by the formation of low pressure bubbles formed in the fluid. Air being allowed into the inlet of pumps. Centralizer Bushing A circular ring installed around the drill pipe in the drill table to keep the pipe aligned properly with the rotary head. It usually has a replaceable insert in the center. Chain Wrench A special wrench, consisting of a chain section and a metal vee section, with jaws, that grips the drill pipe and/or the DHD to tighten or loosen the connections. Clinometer A device for measuring the angle of the drill pipe with the ground. Also referred to as an Inclinometer. Collar the Hole Opening at the top of the blasthole; the mouth where rock has been broken by blasting. Usually the first few feet of the blasthole that are cracked and broken. Compressor An asymmetrical rotary screw driven device for compressing air. May be single or two stages, depending on the discharge pressure. Console The panel that contains most of the drills controls. Also called the Operators Panel. Conventional Mud A drilling fluid containing essentially bentonite clay and water. Conveyor Equipment used to carry material to crushers and screens for reduction and separation. Cooler (HOC, COC) Most drills have two coolers; one for the hydraulic fluid and the other for the compressor oil. The engine radiator is sometimes referred to as an engine cooler. Coring The act of procuring a sample of the formation being drilled for geological information purposes. Coupling A connector for drill rods, pipe or casing with identical threads, male or female, at each end.
G-5
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Cribbing
GLOSSARY
A set of wooden ties or metal plates used to add surface area to the jack pads to prevent the pad from sinking into the ground. Also called blocking. Crown Sheaves The upper sheaves in a derrick that supports the cable that connects to the rotary head. Crosshead The outer metal can surrounding the leveling jack cylinders. The crosshead slide is the lower portion that connects to the bottom of the cylinders and the crosshead cap is the flanged piece on top of the crosshead. Crusher Device used to reduce broken rock to a smaller fragment size. Cut (verb) Process of excavating material to lower the level of part of an elevation. Cut (noun) Part of an excavation of a specified depth an width. Cuttings Particles of formation obtained from the hole during drilling operations.
~D~
Decking Process of alternating explosives with inert material in a blasthole to properly distribute explosives or reduce vibrations. Also refers to the metal catwalks around the outside of the drill. Deephole Rotary drills used to drill water wells, exploration holes and monitoring holes. Delay Interval Elapsed time between detonation of individual blastholes in a multiple hole blast. Derrick A tall framework over a drilled hole used to support drilling equipment. The part of the drill that contains the feed system and the rotary head. See Tower and Mast. DHD Down Hole Drill. An air driven, piston powered device for drilling hard rock. It is also called a Hammer. DHD Bushings The split bushings used to maintain alignment of the DHD while passing through the
G-6
GLOSSARY drill table. See Split Bushings. Differential Pressure
The difference in pressure between the inlet and outlet of a component, i.e., a cooler. Dip The angle between a horizontal plane and the plane of the ore vein, measured at right angles to the Strike. Diverter Valve A two position, three way, valve that allows one hydraulic pump to perform two separate functions. Dressing a Bit Sharpening DHD drill bits with a grinder to shape the carbides. Drifter An out-of-the-hole drill that rotates the drill rod and provides a percussive force, by means of a striking bar, through the rod to the bit. Drill A machine for drilling rock, or unconsolidated formations. Also called a Rotary Drill. The act of boring a hole in the ground. Drill Collar A heavy, thick-walled section of pipe used to add drilling weight to the bit and stabilize the drill string. Drill Rod See Drill Pipe. Hollow, flush-jointed, coupled rods used on small percussion type rock drills. Used with drifters mostly Drill Pipe Hollow tubing, specially welded to tool joints, used in drilling larger holes than drill rods. Drill/Propel Valve A switch that shifts the diverter valves to allow pump flow to go from drill functions to propel motors. Drill String The string of pipe, including subs, stabilizers, collars and bit, extending from the bit to the rotary head, that carries the air or mud down to the bit and provides rotation to the bit. Driller (Operator) The employee directly in charge of a drill. Operation of the drill is their main duty. Drill Table The area at the bottom of the derrick that contains the centralizer bushing or master bushing that the drill pipe travels through.
G-7
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Dust Collector
GLOSSARY
A vacuum device with a hose attached to the dust hood that pulls cuttings away from the hole and deposits them to the side of the drill.
~F~
Face Vertical surface on an elevation. Also called bank. Feed Cable Cables, anchored on the top and the bottom of the derrick, that pass through the traveling sheave block and connect to the top and bottom of the rotary head. They are adjusted by tightening the threaded rods on each end. Feed Chain Heavy duty chain links connected to the rotary head through upper and lower sprockets and the traveling sheave block. They are adjusted similar to cable. Fill Process of moving material into a depression to raise its level; often follows the cut process. Fish An object accidentally lost in the hole. Fishing Operations on the drill for the purpose of retrieving the fish from the hole. Fishing Magnet Run in the hole on non-metallic line, to pick up any small pieces of metal. Fishing Tools Tools of various kinds run in the hole to assist in retrieving a fish from the hole. Overshots fit over the pipe while Taps fit inside the pipe. Flats Machined areas on the side of drill pipe or other components where wrenches can be installed to hold or break the joints. Some pipe has two flats, others have four flats. Floor Level area at the base of a bank or face. Fork Chuck The hand held or flop-down wrench used to hold the top of the pipe in the Drill Table while adding or removing other pipe.
G-8
GLOSSARY
~G~
Grouting To fill the hole or annulus with grout, i.e., cement and water.
~H~
Hammer A different name for a Down Hole Drill. Hammer Bushing Split bushings installed in the drill table to allow the DHD to start the hole in a straight line. It is removed once the DHD is below the table. Also called DHD Bushings. Haul Distance Distance material has to be moved, such as from a cut to a fill. Hauling Equipment Trucks and other conveyances for moving material. Also called Haul Trucks. Hazard Any condition of the drilling equipment or the environment that might tend to cause accidents or fire. Hoist Windlass used to pick up drill pipe and other heavy objects. See Winch. Hoist Plug A lifting device installed in the box end of a tool. Opposite of Lifting Bail. Hole A bore made by rotating a bit into the ground. Hole Openers Large bit with pilot used to increase the diameter of a hole. Hose, Drilling Connects rotary head to top of hard piping to allow movement of rotary head. Also called Standpipe Hose. Hose, Suction Attaches to mud pump inlet with other end submerged in mud pit. Hydraulic Cylinders Double acting cylinders that are extended and retracted to perform various functions on a drill. They are powered by hydraulic fluid from a pump.
G-9
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Hydraulic Motors
GLOSSARY
Piston or vane type motors, driven by hydraulic pumps, that rotate various devices on a drill. Hydraulic Pumps Piston, vane and gear type hydraulic pumps that provide flow for the various actuators on the drill. Hydrostatic Head The pressure exerted by a column of fluid, usually expressed in pounds per square inch.
~I~
Inclinometer An instrument for measuring the angle to the horizontal or vertical of a drill hole or vein. I.W.R.C. Abbreviation for Independent Wire Rope Center. This refers to type of construction of wire rope. This wire rope center is in effect a separate wire rope in itself that provides a core for the line and prevents it from crushing. Interstage Pressure The air pressure present between stages of a two-stage compressor while the compressor is making air.
~J~
J Wrench Specially shaped wrench to fit the backhead of a DHD. Used to hold DHD in the table or to remove the backhead from the wear sleeve.
~K~
Kelly Bar A fluted or square drill pipe that is turned by a rotary table using a set of pins.
~L~
Leveling Jacks Hydraulic cylinders mounted in a crosshead that raise and lower the drill. Also referred to as Outriggers or Stabilizers. Lifting Bail A threaded cap for picking up pipe, bits, DHDs and stabilizers. It screws on the pin end. Some bails have a swivel hook while others have solid tops. See Hoist Plug.
G-10
GLOSSARY Loaders
Large, front end bucket equipment used to pick up material for loading in various types of hauling equipment.
~M~
Main Frame The welded component of a track mounted drill. The truck frame on a wheeled drill. Makeup The act of tightening threaded joints. Making a connection. Making Hole The act of drilling. Making Up a Joint The act of screwing a joint of pipe into another joint or section of pipe. Manifold A pipe or chamber that has several openings for hose connections. Mast A vertical pole. See Derrick. Micron -:- Mu A unit of length equal to one millionth part of a meter, or one thousandth part of a millimeter. About 4/100,000th inch. Mid-Inlet Swivel Device for removing cuttings from the hole while drilling with Reverse Circulation Equipment. Mine Plan Plan for making cuts and creating elevations, benches for efficient removal of material. The mine plan considers a variety of factors, including: the type and location of material, the size and number of shovels, loaders, and hauling equipment, haul distances, blasthole patterns, etc. Mist Drilling A method of rotary drilling where water is dispersed in the air as the drilling fluid. Mud A water or oil -base drilling fluid whose properties have been altered by solids. Mud is a term commonly given to drilling fluids. It is used in place of air when drilling unconsolidated formations. Mud Drilling Using a bentonite clay and water as the drilling fluid.
G-11
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Mud Pit
GLOSSARY
A hole dug in the ground or a steel pit to hold the drilling mud as it is being circulated in the hole. Mud Pump Pumps that are used to circulate the drilling mud.
~O~
Oscillation Yoke The beam connecting each track of a blasthole track drill with the main frame that allows the tracks to move independently up and down. Open Hole Any uncased portion of a hole. Operator The person who performs the drilling operation with the drill. See Driller. Overburden Any unconsolidated material lying on top of the bedrock or the coal seam.
~P~
Parasitic Load The load imposed on the engine by the direct connection of the compressor and main pump drive during starting. Pattern Layout and distances between blastholes, specifically including burden and spacing. Penetration Rate Speed at which a bit advances while drilling, measured in feet per hour. Percussion Drill Drill that chips and penetrates rock with repeated blows. Pin End Fitting on male end of drill pipe. See Box End. Pioneer Work Drilling in rough, broken or inclined areas. Removing the original layers of dirt and rock. Pipe Dope Special lubricant used to protect the threads on pipe joints. See Thread Lube.
G-12
GLOSSARY Pipe Support
A device that holds the lower section of pipe in place while connecting to the next joint with the rotary head when angle drilling. Also called Rod Support. Pit An excavation in the ground for the removal of mineral deposits. PLC Programmable Logic Controller. A device that monitors many aspects of a drills operation. Potable Water Water that is safe to drink. Powder Factor/Specific Charge Relationship between the weight of explosives in a blasthole and the volume of materials to be displaced. It is measured in pounds per cubic yard or kilograms per cubic meter. Power Pack Base The welded channel frame that contains the prime mover, the compressor and the hydraulic pumps and gearbox. Power Pack he complete sub-assembly of base, engine, compressor, and hydraulic drive. Presplitting Process of drilling a line of small diameter holes spaced relatively close together, generally before drilling a production blast and loaded with light explosive charges to create a clean, unbroken rock face. Production Rate Penetration during a given reporting period. This rate includes all lost time, including maintenance, breakdowns, long moves, inclement weather, etc. Propel To cause to move forward or onward. To drive or tram. Protectors, Thread Steel or plastic covers to cover the box and pin ends of drill pipe when they are not being used. Pump, Water Injection Pump used to pump water into the drill air stream to keep the dust settled and to assist in flushing the hole. Pullback The force available to remove the drill string from the hole.
G-13
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Pull-down
GLOSSARY
Force exerted on the drill bit by the thrust of the drill rig and from the weight of the drill string.
~R~
Raise A mine opening, like a shaft, driven upward from the back of a level to a level above, or to the surface. Rate Of Penetration The rate in which the drill proceeds in the deepening of the hole. It is usually expressed in feet per hour. Reamer Bit-like tool, generally run directly above the bit to enlarge and maintain a straight hole. Reservoir The tank used for storing the hydraulic oil used in the hydraulic system. Reverse Circulation Drilling Using a double wall pipe to force air/water down the hole and removing the cuttings between the two pipes. See Mid-Inlet Swivel. Rod Changer See Carousel. A device that holds extra drill rod (pipe). Rotary Drilling The method of drilling that depends on the rotation of a column of pipe to the bottom of which is attached a bit. Air or fluid is circulated to remove the cuttings. Rotary Head A movable gearbox used to provide rotation to the drill string. It is connected to the feed chains or cables on each end and to the drill string through the spindle.
~S~
Safety Hook Attached to end of hoist line to secure hoist plug or lifting bail. Has a safety latch to prevent load from slipping off hook. Scales Equipment used to determine the weight and value of material being transported from a quarry. Screens Devices used to separate broken material into groups of similar size.
G-14
GLOSSARY Shock Sub
A device used to isolate the shock of drilling from the rotary head. It is made of hard rubber layers mounted inside of steel outer rings. Shooting Exploding high explosives in a hole to shatter the rock. See Blasting. Single Pass Drill Drill rig with a long tower that permits drilling a blasthole without stopping to add drill pipe (rod). Uses a Kelly in place of regular pipe. Uses a rotary table to turn the Kelly instead of a rotary head. Stemming Material of a specified depth added on top of a powder column to confine the blasthole and make the explosion more efficient. Strip Mine A large section of land used to remove coal deposits. Shot A charge of high explosives deposited in a series of holes to shatter the rock Shutdown A term that can mean the end of the shift or workday or an unplanned stopping of the drill due to a system failure. Sliding Fork A wrench that slides around the flats of the drill pipe to hold lower section. Controlled by hydraulic cylinder(s). Used in place of Fork Chuck. Slips Used in the rotary table to hold and break out drill pipe. Also used to hold casing in the table. Spacing Distance between blastholes measured parallel with the face. Spear Tools of various design that are screwed or wedged inside of bits, pipe, etc., that are lodged in the hole. See Fishing Tools. Spindle The short section of pipe that rotates within the rotary head and protrudes out each end. Speed Switch An electronic device that changes states when the engine reaches a certain speed. Used to control dual oil pressure switches.
G-15
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Split Bushings
GLOSSARY
The removable bushings that allow the DHD or Stabilizer to pass through the drill table while drilling a straight hole. See DHD Bushings. Stabilizer, Drill Pipe Heavy -walled pipe having special spiral or fluted ribs extending around the diameter, within 1/8 to 1/4 of hole size. Most stabilizers are fitted just above the bit, while in-line stabilizers keep the hole straight. Standpipe Part of the circulating system. The hard and flexible piping from the main valve to the flexible hosing leading to the rotary head. Water injection, DHD oil and foam are injected into this line. Static Water Level The distance from the top of ground down to the standing water level. Strike The bearing of the outcrop of an inclined bed or structure on a level surface. See Dip. Stuck In The Hole Refers to drill pipe inadvertently becoming fastened in the hole. Subdrilling Bottom portion of a blasthole drilled below the floor level to permit upward displacement of material and thereby prevent a toe at the bottom of a face. Substitute (Sub) A coupling with different type or diameter of threads at either end. The term pin denotes a male thread, and box, a female thread. To connect two components with different threads. See Adapter. Supercharge Pressure Inlet oil pressure to the main pump(s) that has been pressurized to prevent cavitation. Swivel A coupling on top of the rotary head to allow the spindle to rotate while the main hose remains stationary.
~T~
Table Drive Drill design that locates the drill pipe rotation mechanism on the drill deck in a stationary position instead of using the rotary head. Threaded and Coupled Casing (TANDC) Steel casing using a coupling between each section of pipe. Thread style is right hand, fine thread.
G-16
GLOSSARY Thread Lube
A special compound used to lubricate the threads of drill pipe. See Pipe Dope. Tongs A type of wrench used to make up and break out drill pipe using external forces, such as hydraulic cylinders or cables. Tool Joint A drill pipe coupler consisting of a pin and box of various designs and sizes. Deephole drills normally use API style threads, while Blasthole drills use Beco style threads. Top Head Drill Drill design that locates the drill pipe rotation head in the drill tower and it moves up and down with the drill string. See Rotary Head. Torque A turning or twisting force. A moment caused by force acting on an arm. A one pound force acting on a one foot arm would produce one lb.-ft. of torque. Tower A tall, slender structure used for observation, signaling or pumping. See Derrick and Mast. Term used to indicate the derrick on a blasthole drill. Turning To The Right Slang term for making hole. Tram A cable car or a four-wheeled open box in a coal mine. See Propel. Trammed To move in a tram. Tramming Process of moving a drill with the tower up from a completed blasthole to the location of the next. See propelling Traveling Sheave Block A series of sheaves, connected to the feed chains or cables, that are moved up and down the derrick by the feed cylinders. Twist Off To twist a joint of pipe in two by excessive torque applied by the rotary head or rotary table.
~U~
UL88 The unloader valve that controls pressure and volume on a high-pressure compressor
G-17
Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III system. Undercarriage
GLOSSARY
The means of moving a track type vehicle. It contains the track frame, rollers, grousers, rock guards, drive sprocket, propel motors and planetary drive. Uphole Velocity The speed (in feet per minute) that the cuttings travel out of the hole. This is dependent on the bit size, the compressor size and the pipe size.
~W~
Washpipe Hard surfaced steel tubes inserted in swivels to allow rotation of drill string and prolong life of packing. They are replaceable in most swivels. Water Table The underground level at which water is found. See Static Level. Water Well A hole drilled for the purpose of obtaining potable water. Weight On Bit In rotary drilling, a specified weight is required on the bit for maximum performance. A gauge on the console is calibrated to correspond to the drill string weight. Whipstock A device inserted in the well used for deflecting or directional drilling. Wiggins Quick Fill A Centralized Service Station that connects to various systems on the drill to allow remote filling of engine oil, compressor oil and hydraulic oil. Winch A stationary hoisting machine having a drum around which is wound a rope. Wiper, Pipe An annular rubber disk for wiping drill pipe clean of cuttings when it is being withdrawn from the hole. Wire Rope Rope made of twisted strands of steel wire. Also called Cable.
G-18
Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions, Inc. P.O.Box 462288, 2100 North First Street Garland, Texas 75046-2288 www.atlascopco.com/drillingsolutions
A Company Within the Atlas Copco Group

590 TierIII Instruction

Cargado por

Información del documento

Descripción original:

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

590 TierIII Instruction

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

OPERATING, SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ECM590 TIER III

Read this instruction manual before operating this equipment.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

SECTION 2 - SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

2.3 - SAFETY DECALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

Disengaging Track Final Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Auxiliary Gauge Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 Active Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

6.2 - REFILL CAPACITIES CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Filter Elements and Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

6.4 - 5 AND 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Fill Fronthead Lubricator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 Lubricate All Grease Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

TABLE OF CONTENTS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Section 1.1 Summary

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE ECM-590

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III ECM-590 Drill Identification

The ECM-590 Drill Identification Plate is located next to the console.

SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Engine Identification

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III Drifter Identification

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

ECM- 590 DRILL

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Drill Boom and Guide

SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Serviceability

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

STANDARD FEATURES ON THE ECM- 590

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III